TW201840722A - Phosphor sheet, led chip using same, led package using same, method for producing led package, and light emitting device, backlight unit and display, each of which comprises said led package - Google Patents

Phosphor sheet, led chip using same, led package using same, method for producing led package, and light emitting device, backlight unit and display, each of which comprises said led package Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201840722A
TW201840722A TW107105967A TW107105967A TW201840722A TW 201840722 A TW201840722 A TW 201840722A TW 107105967 A TW107105967 A TW 107105967A TW 107105967 A TW107105967 A TW 107105967A TW 201840722 A TW201840722 A TW 201840722A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
phosphor sheet
group
phosphor
light
led
Prior art date
Application number
TW107105967A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI753113B (en
Inventor
石田豊
神崎達也
長瀬亮
Original Assignee
日商東麗股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東麗股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東麗股份有限公司
Publication of TW201840722A publication Critical patent/TW201840722A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI753113B publication Critical patent/TWI753113B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00Semiconductor devices having potential barriers specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48Semiconductor devices having potential barriers specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/50Wavelength conversion elements
    • H01L33/501Wavelength conversion elements characterised by the materials, e.g. binder
    • H01L33/502Wavelength conversion materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/10Metal compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/0008Organic ingredients according to more than one of the "one dot" groups of C08K5/01 - C08K5/59
    • C08K5/0041Optical brightening agents, organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/56Organo-metallic compounds, i.e. organic compounds containing a metal-to-carbon bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/04Polysiloxanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08L83/06Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/14Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers in which at least two but not all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/08Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
    • C09K11/61Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine or unspecified halogen elements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/08Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
    • C09K11/64Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing aluminium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/08Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
    • C09K11/66Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing germanium, tin or lead
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/08Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials
    • C09K11/67Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing inorganic luminescent materials containing refractory metals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/15Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components having potential barriers, specially adapted for light emission
    • H01L27/153Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components having potential barriers, specially adapted for light emission in a repetitive configuration, e.g. LED bars
    • H01L27/156Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components having potential barriers, specially adapted for light emission in a repetitive configuration, e.g. LED bars two-dimensional arrays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00Semiconductor devices having potential barriers specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48Semiconductor devices having potential barriers specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/50Wavelength conversion elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00Semiconductor devices having potential barriers specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48Semiconductor devices having potential barriers specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/50Wavelength conversion elements
    • H01L33/505Wavelength conversion elements characterised by the shape, e.g. plate or foil

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Led Device Packages (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Luminescent Compositions (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is able to provide a phosphor sheet which has excellent workability such as cutting workability, while exhibiting good adhesion to an LED chip. The present invention is a phosphor sheet which contains a phosphor and a silicone resin, and which has a storage elastic modulus at 25 DEG C of 0.01 MPa or more, a storage elastic modulus at 100 DEG C of less than 0.01 MPa and a storage elastic modulus G' at 140 DEG C of 0.05 MPa or more.

Description

螢光體片、使用其的LED晶片及LED封裝、LED封裝的製造方法、以及含有LED封裝的發光裝置、背光單元及顯示器Phosphor sheet, LED chip and LED package using the same, manufacturing method of LED package, light emitting device including LED package, backlight unit, and display

本發明是有關於一種螢光體片、使用其的LED晶片及LED封裝、LED封裝的製造方法、以及含有LED封裝的發光裝置、背光單元及顯示器。The present invention relates to a phosphor sheet, an LED chip and an LED package using the same, a method for manufacturing the LED package, a light emitting device including the LED package, a backlight unit, and a display.

發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)以其發光效率的顯著提昇為背景,以低消耗電力、長壽命、設計性等作為特長,不僅於面向液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)的背光、或於車的頭燈等車載領域,而且於面向一般照明的方面,均急遽擴大市場。LED的環境負荷亦低,因此今後期待亦在一般照明領域形成巨大的市場。Light Emitting Diode (LED) is based on the significant improvement of its luminous efficiency, and has the characteristics of low power consumption, long life, design, etc., not only for backlights for Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), Or in the on-vehicle field, such as the headlights of cars, and for general lighting, they are eager to expand the market. The environmental load of LEDs is also low, so it is expected that a huge market will be formed in the general lighting field in the future.

LED的發光光譜依存於形成LED晶片的半導體材料,故其發光色受限。因此,為了使用LED來獲得面向LCD的背光或一般照明的白色光,需要於LED晶片上配置適合於各晶片的無機螢光體來轉換發光波長。具體而言提出有以下方法:於發出藍色光的LED晶片上設置黃色螢光體的方法;於發出藍色光的LED晶片上設置紅色螢光體及綠色螢光體的方法等。The emission spectrum of an LED depends on the semiconductor material forming the LED wafer, so its emission color is limited. Therefore, in order to use LEDs to obtain white light for LCD backlighting or general illumination, it is necessary to arrange an inorganic phosphor suitable for each wafer on the LED chip to convert the emission wavelength. Specifically, the following methods have been proposed: a method in which a yellow phosphor is provided on an LED chip emitting blue light; a method in which a red phosphor and a green phosphor are provided on an LED chip emitting blue light, and the like.

作為於LED晶片上設置螢光體的具體方法之一,提出有將含有螢光體的片材(以下稱為「螢光體片」)貼附於LED晶片上的方法(例如,參照專利文獻1~專利文獻4)。該方法與目前已實用化的將在樹脂中分散有螢光體的螢光體組成物分配(dispense)於LED晶片上並進行硬化的方法相比較,容易將配置於LED晶片上的螢光體的量設為一定量。其結果,於可使所得的白色LED的顏色或亮度均勻的方面而言優異。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]As one of the specific methods for arranging a phosphor on an LED chip, a method of attaching a sheet containing a phosphor (hereinafter referred to as a "phosphor sheet") to an LED chip has been proposed (for example, refer to Patent Documents) 1 to Patent Document 4). This method is easier to distribute the phosphors arranged on the LED chip than the method of dispersing the phosphor composition having the phosphor dispersed in the resin on the LED chip and curing it, which is currently in practical use. The amount is set to a certain amount. As a result, it is excellent in that the color or brightness of the obtained white LED can be made uniform. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2009-235368號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2010-123802號公報 [專利文獻3]日本專利2011-102004號公報 [專利文獻4]日本專利第5287935號公報[Patent Literature 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-235368 [Patent Literature 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-123802 [Patent Literature 3] Japanese Patent No. 2011-102004 [Patent Literature 4] Japanese Patent No. 5287935 Bulletin

[發明所欲解決之課題] 於使用將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片上的方法的情況下,需要實施將螢光體片單片化為LED晶片的大小時的切斷加工、或對螢光體片中的相當於LED晶片上的電極部等的部分進行的開孔加工等。因此,要求一種加工性優異的螢光體片。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] When a method of attaching a phosphor sheet to an LED chip is used, it is necessary to perform a cutting process when the phosphor sheet is singulated to the size of the LED chip, or In the phosphor sheet, a hole corresponding to an electrode portion or the like on the LED wafer is subjected to a drilling process or the like. Therefore, a phosphor sheet excellent in workability is required.

另一方面,為了貼附於LED晶片上而要求螢光體片具有接著性。於專利文獻4中揭示了藉由使用包含某種特定的有機聚矽氧烷的矽酮組成物,可獲得一種貼附於LED晶片前的加工性優異,且貼附於LED晶片時的接著性亦優異的螢光體片。但,該螢光體片在貼附於LED晶片後,因螢光體片的硬化性不充分而未獲得足夠的接著性。因此,存在貼附有該螢光體片的LED晶片因接著性不良而亮度降低的課題。On the other hand, in order to be attached to an LED chip, the phosphor sheet is required to have adhesiveness. Patent Document 4 discloses that by using a silicone composition containing a specific organic polysiloxane, it is possible to obtain an excellent processability before attaching to an LED chip and an adhesiveness when attaching to an LED chip. Also excellent phosphor sheet. However, after the phosphor sheet was attached to the LED chip, the adhesiveness of the phosphor sheet was insufficient, and sufficient adhesion was not obtained. Therefore, there is a problem that the brightness of the LED chip to which the phosphor sheet is attached is poor due to poor adhesion.

本發明為解決所述課題而目的在於提供一種兼顧切斷等加工性以及與LED晶片的接著性的螢光體片。 [解決課題之手段]An object of the present invention is to provide a phosphor sheet that achieves both the processability such as cutting and the adhesion to an LED wafer in order to solve the problems. [Means for solving problems]

即,本發明為一種螢光體片,其包含螢光體及矽酮樹脂,所述螢光體片的25℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.01 MPa以上,100℃下的貯存彈性模數G'未滿0.01 MPa,且140℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.05 MPa以上。 [發明的效果]That is, the present invention is a phosphor sheet comprising a phosphor and a silicone resin. The phosphor sheet has a storage elastic modulus G ′ at 25 ° C. of 0.01 MPa or more and a storage elastic modulus at 100 ° C. The number G 'is less than 0.01 MPa, and the storage elastic modulus G' at 140 ° C is 0.05 MPa or more. [Effect of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種切斷等加工性優異、與LED晶片的接著性亦良好的螢光體片。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a phosphor sheet which is excellent in workability such as cutting and has good adhesiveness to an LED wafer.

以下,對本發明的螢光體片、使用其的LED晶片及LED封裝、LED封裝的製造方法、以及含有LED封裝的發光裝置、背光單元及顯示器的適宜的實施形態進行詳細說明。然而,本發明並不限定於以下的實施形態,可根據目的或用途進行各種變更來實施。Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the phosphor sheet, the LED chip and the LED package using the same, the method for manufacturing the LED package, and the light emitting device, the backlight unit, and the display including the LED package will be described in detail. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments, and can be implemented with various changes in accordance with the purpose or application.

<螢光體片> 本發明實施形態的螢光體片包含螢光體及矽酮樹脂,所述螢光體片的25℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.01 MPa以上,100℃下的貯存彈性模數G'未滿0.01 MPa,且140℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.05 MPa以上。<Fluorescent sheet> The fluorescent sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a fluorescent body and a silicone resin, and the storage elastic modulus G ′ of the fluorescent sheet at 25 ° C. is 0.01 MPa or more, and at 100 ° C. The storage elastic modulus G 'is less than 0.01 MPa, and the storage elastic modulus G' at 140 ° C is 0.05 MPa or more.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片於25℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.01 MPa以上,藉此於室溫(25℃)下彈性充分。因此,相對於利用刃體的切斷加工等快速的剪切應力,可不存在切斷部位周圍的變形地將螢光體片切斷,可獲得尺寸精度高的加工性。The phosphor elastic sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention has a storage elastic modulus G ′ of at least 0.01 MPa at 25 ° C., thereby being sufficiently elastic at room temperature (25 ° C.). Therefore, it is possible to cut the phosphor sheet without deformation around the cutting portion with respect to rapid shear stress such as cutting processing using a blade body, and it is possible to obtain workability with high dimensional accuracy.

於25℃下的貯存彈性模數G'的上限並無特別限制,但就樣品的處理容易度的觀點而言,較佳為2.0 MPa以下。The upper limit of the storage elastic modulus G 'at 25 ° C is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 MPa or less from the viewpoint of ease of handling of the sample.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片於100℃下的貯存彈性模數G'未滿0.01 MPa,藉此於100℃下片材的黏性充分,且流動性高。因此,藉由對具備該物性的螢光體片一邊於100℃以上進行加熱一邊進行向LED晶片的貼附,螢光體片將根據LED晶片的發光面的形狀迅速地流動、變形,故而可獲得螢光體片與LED晶片的高密接性。藉此,自LED晶片中的光導出性提昇,且亮度提昇。The phosphor elastic sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention has a storage elastic modulus G ′ of less than 0.01 MPa at 100 ° C., whereby the sheet has sufficient viscosity at 100 ° C. and high fluidity. Therefore, by attaching the phosphor sheet having this physical property to the LED chip while heating it at 100 ° C. or higher, the phosphor sheet will rapidly flow and deform according to the shape of the light emitting surface of the LED chip. High adhesion between the phosphor sheet and the LED chip is obtained. Thereby, the light exportability from the LED chip is improved, and the brightness is improved.

於100℃下的貯存彈性模數G'的下限並無特別限制,但若於進行LED晶片上的加熱貼附時螢光體片的流動性過高,則於貼附時無法保持在貼附前藉由切斷或開孔而加工出的形狀,因此所述貯存彈性模數G'的下限較佳為0.005 MPa以上。The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G 'at 100 ° C is not particularly limited, but if the fluidity of the phosphor sheet is too high during heat-adhesion on the LED chip, it cannot be maintained at the time of attachment Since the shape previously processed by cutting or opening, the lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G ′ is preferably 0.005 MPa or more.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片於140℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.05 MPa以上,藉此可最終使LED晶片穩定地動作。若於140℃以上對具備該物性的螢光體片進行加熱,則片材的完全硬化迅速地完成,樹脂整體一體化,因此螢光體片與LED晶片的接著性提昇。藉此,LED封裝的亮度亦提昇。另外,於LED晶片與螢光片的界面部分中,因難以受到LED點燈時的熱的影響,故LED晶片與螢光體片的剝落得到抑制。因此,LED封裝的可靠性提高。The storage elastic modulus G 'of the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention at 140 ° C. is 0.05 MPa or more, so that the LED chip can be stably operated finally. When a phosphor sheet having this physical property is heated at 140 ° C. or higher, complete hardening of the sheet is completed quickly and the entire resin is integrated, so the adhesion between the phosphor sheet and the LED chip is improved. As a result, the brightness of the LED package is also improved. In addition, since the interface portion between the LED chip and the fluorescent sheet is hardly affected by the heat when the LED is turned on, peeling of the LED chip and the fluorescent sheet is suppressed. Therefore, the reliability of the LED package is improved.

此處所述的貯存彈性模數G'是指利用流變計進行螢光體片的動態黏彈性測定(溫度依存性)時的貯存彈性模數G'。所謂動態黏彈性,是指如下的手法:當以某一正弦頻率對材料施加剪切應變(shearing strain)時,將達到穩定狀態時所出現的剪切應力分解成與應變相位一致的成分(彈性的成分)、及與應變相位相差90°的成分(黏性的成分),從而對材料的動態的力學特性進行分析。The storage elastic modulus G ′ described here refers to a storage elastic modulus G ′ when a dynamic viscoelasticity measurement (temperature dependence) of a phosphor sheet is performed using a rheometer. The so-called dynamic viscoelasticity refers to the following method: When a shearing strain is applied to a material at a certain sinusoidal frequency, the shear stress that occurs when the material reaches a steady state is decomposed into components consistent with the phase of the strain (elasticity Components) and components (viscous components) that differ from the strain phase by 90 ° to analyze the dynamic mechanical properties of the material.

動態黏彈性測定(溫度依存性)中,可使用一般的黏度・黏彈性測定裝置進行動態黏彈性測定。於本發明中,設為於以下的條件下進行測定時的值。For dynamic viscoelasticity measurement (temperature dependence), dynamic viscoelasticity measurement can be performed using a general viscosity / viscoelasticity measuring device. In the present invention, the values are measured when measured under the following conditions.

測定裝置:黏度・黏彈性測定裝置HAAKE MARSIII (賽默飛世爾科技(Thermo Fisher SCIENTIFIC)製造) 測定條件:OSC溫度依存測定 幾何形狀:平行圓板型(20 mm) 測定時間:1980秒 角頻率:1 Hz 角速度:6.2832 rad/sec 溫度範圍:25℃~200℃(有低溫溫度控制功能) 昇溫速度:0.08333℃/sec 樣品形狀:圓形(直徑為18 mm) 樣品厚度:50 μm以上。Measuring device: Viscosity and viscoelasticity measuring device HAAKE MARSIII (manufactured by Thermo Fisher SCIENTIFIC) Measuring conditions: OSC temperature-dependent measuring geometry: Parallel disc type (20 mm) Measuring time: 1980 second angular frequency: 1 Hz angular velocity: 6.2832 rad / sec temperature range: 25 ℃ ~ 200 ℃ (with low temperature control function) heating rate: 0.08333 ℃ / sec sample shape: round (18 mm diameter) sample thickness: 50 μm or more.

若測定樣品的厚度為50 μm以上,則可穩定地進行動態黏彈性測定。於樣品厚度未滿50 μm的情況下,可重合多片並於100℃的加熱板上進行加熱壓接而製作一體化的膜(片材),從而製作所期望的厚度的樣品。When the thickness of the measurement sample is 50 μm or more, dynamic viscoelasticity measurement can be performed stably. When the thickness of the sample is less than 50 μm, a plurality of sheets can be superposed and heat-pressed on a 100 ° C. hot plate to form an integrated film (sheet) to produce a sample of a desired thickness.

相位與剪切應變一致的應力成分除以剪切應變所得者為貯存彈性模數G'。貯存彈性模數G'是表示各溫度下的相對於動態的應變的材料的彈性者,且與螢光體片的硬度相關聯。因此,各測定溫度下的貯存彈性模數G'會影響與螢光體片相關的以下特性。例如,貯存彈性模數G'於25℃下影響螢光體片的加工性,於100℃下影響螢光體片的流動性與接著性,於140℃下影響螢光體片的硬化性與接著性。The storage elastic modulus G 'is obtained by dividing the stress component whose phase is consistent with the shear strain by the shear strain. The storage elastic modulus G ′ is an elasticity of a material against dynamic strain at each temperature, and is related to the hardness of the phosphor sheet. Therefore, the storage elastic modulus G 'at each measurement temperature affects the following characteristics related to the phosphor sheet. For example, the storage elastic modulus G 'affects the processability of the phosphor sheet at 25 ° C, the flowability and adhesion of the phosphor sheet at 100 ° C, and the hardening and curing properties of the phosphor sheet at 140 ° C. Then sex.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片的厚度並無特別限制,較佳為10 μm以上、1000 μm以下。下限更佳為30 μm以上。上限更佳為200 μm以下,進而佳為100 μm以下,進而更佳為50 μm以下。若螢光體片的厚度為1000 μm以下,則耐龜裂性特別優異,若為200 μm以下,則耐熱性特別優異。The thickness of the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 μm or more and 1000 μm or less. The lower limit is more preferably 30 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 200 μm or less, even more preferably 100 μm or less, and still more preferably 50 μm or less. When the thickness of the phosphor sheet is 1000 μm or less, the crack resistance is particularly excellent, and when it is 200 μm or less, the heat resistance is particularly excellent.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片視需要亦可為具備其他層的積層體。作為其他層,例如可列舉基材、阻擋層等。The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may be a laminated body including other layers, if necessary. Examples of the other layers include a base material and a barrier layer.

(矽酮樹脂) 本發明實施形態的螢光體片就透明性、耐熱性的方面而言主要包含矽酮樹脂。(Silicon Resin) The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention mainly includes a silicone resin in terms of transparency and heat resistance.

作為本發明中所使用的矽酮樹脂,較佳為硬化型矽酮樹脂。硬化型矽酮樹脂可為一液型、二液型(三液型)的任一種液構成。硬化型矽酮樹脂中,有作為藉由空氣中的水分或觸媒而發生縮合反應的類型的脫醇型、脫肟型、脫乙酸型、脫羥基胺型等。另外,有作為藉由觸媒而發生矽氫化反應的類型的加成反應型。可使用該些中的任一種類型的硬化型矽酮樹脂。尤其,加成反應型的矽酮樹脂就無伴隨硬化反應的副產物、硬化收縮小的方面與容易藉由加熱而加快硬化的方面而言更佳。As the silicone resin used in the present invention, a curable silicone resin is preferred. The hardening type silicone resin may be composed of any one-liquid type or two-liquid type (three-liquid type). Examples of the hardening type silicone resin include a dealcoholization type, a deoxime type, a deacetic acid type, and a dehydroxyamine type, which are types that undergo a condensation reaction by moisture or catalyst in the air. In addition, there is an addition reaction type which is a type in which a hydrosilylation reaction occurs by a catalyst. Any of these types of hardened silicone resins can be used. In particular, the addition reaction type silicone resin is more preferable in terms of no by-products accompanying the hardening reaction, small hardening shrinkage, and easy to accelerate hardening by heating.

作為一例,加成反應型的矽酮樹脂是藉由含有鍵結於矽原子的烯基的化合物、與具有鍵結於矽原子的氫原子的化合物的矽氫化反應而形成。As an example, an addition reaction type silicone resin is formed by a hydrosilylation reaction of a compound containing an alkenyl group bonded to a silicon atom and a compound having a hydrogen atom bonded to a silicon atom.

作為「含有鍵結於矽原子的烯基的化合物」,例如可列舉:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、丙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、降冰片烯基三甲氧基矽烷、辛烯基三甲氧基矽烷等。作為「具有鍵結於矽原子的氫原子的化合物」,例如可列舉:甲基氫聚矽氧烷、二甲基聚矽氧烷-CO-甲基氫聚矽氧烷、乙基氫聚矽氧烷、甲基氫聚矽氧烷-CO-甲基苯基聚矽氧烷等。作為加成反應型的矽酮樹脂,可列舉藉由此種材料的矽氫化反應而形成者。另外,作為矽酮樹脂,除此以外,例如亦可利用如日本專利特開2010-159411號公報中所記載的公知者。Examples of the "compound containing an alkenyl group bonded to a silicon atom" include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, propenyltrimethoxysilane, and Bornyltrimethoxysilane, octenyltrimethoxysilane, etc. Examples of the "compound having a hydrogen atom bonded to a silicon atom" include methylhydropolysiloxane, dimethylpolysiloxane-CO-methylhydropolysiloxane, and ethylhydropolysiloxane. Oxane, methyl hydrogen polysiloxane-CO-methylphenyl polysiloxane, etc. Examples of the addition reaction type silicone resin include those formed by a hydrosilylation reaction of such a material. In addition, as the silicone resin, for example, a known person described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-159411 can be used.

於本發明中,矽酮樹脂較佳為至少包含下述(A)成分~(D)成分的交聯性矽酮組成物(以下稱為「本組成物」)的交聯物。此處,矽酮樹脂中,本組成物的交聯物較佳為20重量%以上,更佳為50重量%以上,進而佳為80重量%以上。In the present invention, the silicone resin is preferably a crosslinked product of a crosslinkable silicone composition (hereinafter referred to as "the present composition") containing at least the following components (A) to (D). Here, in the silicone resin, the crosslinked product of the present composition is preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 50% by weight or more, and even more preferably 80% by weight or more.

(A)平均單元式:(A) Average unit formula:

[化1] [Chemical 1]

(平均單元式(1)中,R1 為碳數1~14的一價烴基,至少一個為芳基,且至少一個為碳數2~6的烯基;R2 為氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基;a、b、c、d及e為滿足0≦a≦0.1、0.2≦b≦0.9、0.1≦c≦0.6、0≦d≦0.2、0≦e≦0.1、且a+b+c+d+e=1的數) 所表示的具有分支結構的有機聚矽氧烷。(In the average unit formula (1), R 1 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbons, at least one is an aryl group, and at least one is an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbons; R 2 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number 1 ~ 6 alkyl groups; a, b, c, d, and e satisfy 0 ≦ a ≦ 0.1, 0.2 ≦ b ≦ 0.9, 0.1 ≦ c ≦ 0.6, 0 ≦ d ≦ 0.2, 0 ≦ e ≦ 0.1, and a + b + c + d + e = 1) The organopolysiloxane having a branch structure represented by the number).

(B)平均單元式:(B) Average unit formula:

[化2] [Chemical 2]

(平均單元式(2)中,R3 為碳數1~14的一價烴基,至少一個為芳基,且至少一個為碳數2~6的烯基;f、g及h為滿足0.1<f≦0.4、0.2≦g≦0.5、0.2≦h≦0.5、且f+g+h=1的數) 所表示的具有分支結構的有機聚矽氧烷。(In the average unit formula (2), R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, at least one is an aryl group, and at least one is an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms; f, g, and h satisfy 0.1 < f ≦ 0.4, 0.2 ≦ g ≦ 0.5, 0.2 ≦ h ≦ 0.5, and f + g + h = 1), and the organopolysiloxane having a branched structure is represented.

(C)於一分子中具有至少兩個Si-H鍵,且鍵結於矽原子的有機基中12莫耳%~70莫耳%為芳基的有機聚矽氧烷。(C) An organic polysiloxane having at least two Si-H bonds in one molecule, and 12 to 70 mol% of an organic group bonded to a silicon atom being an aryl group.

(D)矽氫化反應用觸媒。(D) Catalyst for hydrosilylation.

(A)成分的有機聚矽氧烷具有芳基,藉此可提昇與(B)成分~(D)成分的相容性。另外,(A)成分的有機聚矽氧烷具有碳數2~6的烯基,藉此可產生(A)成分~(C)成分的交聯反應。另外,(A)成分的有機聚矽氧烷具有分支結構,藉此,硬化性提昇,可獲得與LED晶片的良好接著性。The organopolysiloxane of the component (A) has an aryl group, thereby improving compatibility with the components (B) to (D). In addition, the organopolysiloxane of the component (A) has an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, whereby a cross-linking reaction of the components (A) to (C) can occur. In addition, the organopolysiloxane of the component (A) has a branched structure, whereby the hardenability is improved, and good adhesion to the LED chip can be obtained.

所謂分支結構,於平均單元式中是表示基本構成單元具有T單元(RSiO3/2 )或Q單元(SiO4/2 )的結構。此處,於平均單元式中,將R所表示的有機取代基的一個附接於矽原子的三官能性的單元稱為T單元,將R所表示的有機取代基未附接於矽原子的四官能性的單元稱為Q單元。The so-called branched structure means a structure in which a basic constituent unit has a T unit (RSiO 3/2 ) or a Q unit (SiO 4/2 ) in an average unit formula. Here, in the average unit formula, a trifunctional unit in which one organic substituent represented by R is attached to a silicon atom is referred to as a T unit, and an organic substituent represented by R is not attached to a silicon atom. A tetrafunctional unit is called a Q unit.

藉由於(A)成分的有機聚矽氧烷中組入分支結構,交聯反應速度提昇,於螢光體片中可獲得良好的硬化性。Since the branched structure is incorporated in the organopolysiloxane of the component (A), the crosslinking reaction speed is increased, and good hardenability can be obtained in the phosphor sheet.

有機聚矽氧烷中的分支結構的存在可藉由以下方式確認:於對有機聚矽氧烷進行原甲酸甲酯分解法等的處理後,進行核磁共振(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)分析或凝膠滲透層析(gel permeation chromatography,GPC)-多角度光散射(multi-angle light scattering,MALS)分析。The existence of the branched structure in the organopolysiloxane can be confirmed by performing a method such as methyl orthoformate decomposition on the organopolysiloxane, and then performing nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) analysis or coagulation. Gel permeation chromatography (GPC) -multi-angle light scattering (MALS) analysis.

尤其於GPC-MALS分析中,可求出有機聚矽氧烷的分子量分佈與旋轉半徑。因此,可藉由在同一分子量成分的有機聚矽氧烷中確定出旋轉半徑小的結構來確認分支結構的存在。Especially in GPC-MALS analysis, the molecular weight distribution and rotation radius of the organopolysiloxane can be obtained. Therefore, the existence of a branched structure can be confirmed by identifying a structure with a small rotation radius in the organopolysiloxane of the same molecular weight component.

於平均單元式(1)中,a、b、c、d及e的各值為使所得的交聯物於室溫下可獲得充分的硬度且高溫下的軟化足以實施本發明的範圍。In the average unit formula (1), each value of a, b, c, d, and e is sufficient for the obtained crosslinked product to obtain sufficient hardness at room temperature and softening at high temperature to implement the scope of the present invention.

(B)成分的有機聚矽氧烷具有芳基,藉此與(A)成分相容。藉此,可維持包含該矽酮樹脂的螢光體片的硬化膜的機械強度以及透明性。另外,(B)成分的有機聚矽氧烷具有碳數2~6的烯基,藉此可產生(A)成分~(C)成分的交聯反應。另外,(B)成分的有機聚矽氧烷具有分支結構,藉此,硬化性提昇,可獲得與LED晶片的良好接著性。The organopolysiloxane of the component (B) has an aryl group, thereby being compatible with the component (A). Thereby, the mechanical strength and transparency of the cured film of the phosphor sheet containing the silicone resin can be maintained. In addition, the organopolysiloxane having the component (B) has an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, whereby a crosslinking reaction of the components (A) to (C) can occur. In addition, since the organopolysiloxane having the component (B) has a branch structure, the hardenability is improved, and good adhesion to the LED chip can be obtained.

另外,就樣品的調配等中的良好處理性的觀點而言,(B)成分的有機聚矽氧烷較佳為25℃下的黏度為20 Pa·s以下。Moreover, it is preferable that the viscosity at 25 degreeC of the organopolysiloxane of a component (B) is 20 Pa * s or less from a viewpoint of the favorable handleability in preparation of a sample etc.

相對於(A)成分的100重量份,(B)成分的含量較佳為10重量份以上、95重量份以下的範圍。此為用以使所得的交聯物於高溫下充分地軟化的範圍。The content of the component (B) is preferably in a range of 10 parts by weight to 95 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the component (A). This is a range for sufficiently softening the obtained crosslinked product at a high temperature.

(C)成分的有機聚矽氧烷於一分子中具有至少兩個Si-H鍵,藉此可產生(A)成分~(C)成分的交聯反應。另外,(C)成分的有機聚矽氧烷的鍵結於矽原子的有機基中12莫耳%~70莫耳%為芳基,藉此,所得的交聯物於高溫下充分地軟化,且維持交聯物的透明性與機械強度。The organopolysiloxane of the component (C) has at least two Si-H bonds in one molecule, whereby a cross-linking reaction of the components (A) to (C) can occur. In addition, in the organic polysiloxane of the component (C), 12 mol% to 70 mol% of the organic group bonded to the silicon atom is an aryl group, whereby the obtained crosslinked product is sufficiently softened at a high temperature. And maintain the transparency and mechanical strength of the crosslinked product.

尤其於本發明中,(C)成分的有機聚矽氧烷較佳為 平均單元式:Especially in the present invention, the organopolysiloxane of the component (C) is preferably an average unit formula:

[化3] [Chemical 3]

(平均單元式(3)中,R4 為芳基、碳原子數1~6的烷基或環烷基;其中,R4 的12莫耳%~70莫耳%為芳基) 所表示的有機聚矽氧烷。(In the average unit formula (3), R 4 is an aryl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group; wherein 12 to 70 mol% of R 4 is an aryl group) Organic polysiloxane.

平均單元式(3)中,R4 較佳為苯基、碳原子數1~6的烷基或環烷基。作為R4 的烷基,例如可例示:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、庚基。作為R4 的環烷基,例如可例示環戊基、環庚基。再者,R4 內,苯基的含量較佳為30莫耳%~70莫耳%的範圍。此為可使所得的交聯物於高溫下充分地軟化、且確保交聯物的透明性與機械強度的範圍。In the average unit formula (3), R 4 is preferably a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group. Examples of the alkyl group for R 4 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, and heptyl. Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R 4 include cyclopentyl and cycloheptyl. The content of the phenyl group in R 4 is preferably in the range of 30 mol% to 70 mol%. This is a range in which the obtained crosslinked product can be sufficiently softened at a high temperature, and the transparency and mechanical strength of the crosslinked product can be ensured.

(C)成分的含量較佳為:(C)成分中的鍵結於矽原子的氫原子相對於(A)成分中的烯基與(B)成分中的烯基的合計量的莫耳比成為0.5~2的範圍的量。此是為了使所得的交聯物於室溫下獲得充分的硬度。The content of the component (C) is preferably a molar ratio of the hydrogen atom bonded to the silicon atom in the component (C) to the total amount of the alkenyl group in the (A) component and the alkenyl group in the (B) component. An amount in the range of 0.5 to 2. This is for obtaining sufficient hardness of the obtained crosslinked product at room temperature.

(D)成分的矽氫化反應用觸媒為用以促進(A)成分中及(B)成分中的烯基與(C)成分中的鍵結於矽原子的氫原子的矽氫化反應的觸媒。作為(D)成分,例如可例示:鉑系觸媒、銠系觸媒、鈀系觸媒。該些中,鉑系觸媒因可顯著促進本組成物的硬化而較佳。The catalyst for the hydrosilylation reaction of the component (D) is a catalyst for promoting the hydrosilylation reaction of the alkenyl group in the component (A) and the component (B) with the hydrogen atom bonded to the silicon atom in the component (C). Media. Examples of the (D) component include a platinum-based catalyst, a rhodium-based catalyst, and a palladium-based catalyst. Among these, a platinum-based catalyst is preferred because it can significantly accelerate the curing of the composition.

作為該鉑系觸媒,可例示:鉑微粉末、氯鉑酸、氯鉑酸的醇溶液、鉑-烯基矽氧烷錯合物、鉑-烯烴錯合物、鉑-羰基錯合物。尤其,該鉑系觸媒較佳為鉑-烯基矽氧烷錯合物。Examples of the platinum-based catalyst include platinum fine powder, chloroplatinic acid, an alcohol solution of chloroplatinic acid, a platinum-alkenyl siloxane complex, a platinum-olefin complex, and a platinum-carbonyl complex. In particular, the platinum-based catalyst is preferably a platinum-alkenyl siloxane complex.

作為該烯基矽氧烷,可例示:1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷、1,3,5,7-四甲基-1,3,5,7-四乙烯基環四矽氧烷,該些烯基矽氧烷的一部分甲基經乙基、苯基等取代的烯基矽氧烷,該些烯基矽氧烷的乙烯基經烯丙基、己烯基等取代的烯基矽氧烷。尤其就該鉑-烯基矽氧烷錯合物的穩定性良好的方面而言,較佳為1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷。Examples of the alkenylsiloxane include 1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilazane, 1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-1,3 , 5,7-tetravinylcyclotetrasiloxane, a part of these alkenylsiloxanes is substituted with ethyl, phenyl and the like, alkenylsiloxanes, and the vinyl groups of these alkenylsiloxanes Alkenyl siloxane substituted with allyl, hexenyl and the like. In particular, in terms of good stability of the platinum-alkenylsiloxane complex, 1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilazane is preferred.

另外,就可提昇該鉑-烯基矽氧烷錯合物的穩定性的方面而言,較佳為相對於該錯合物而添加1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷、1,3-二烯丙基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷、1,3-二乙烯基-1,3-二甲基-1,3-二苯基二矽氧烷、1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四苯基二矽氧烷、1,3,5,7-四甲基-1,3,5,7-四乙烯基環四矽氧烷等烯基矽氧烷或二甲基矽氧烷寡聚物等有機矽氧烷寡聚物。尤其較佳為相對於該錯合物而添加烯基矽氧烷。In addition, it is preferable to add 1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3 to the complex in terms of improving the stability of the platinum-alkenylsiloxane compound. -Tetramethyldisilazane, 1,3-diallyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilazane, 1,3-divinyl-1,3-dimethyl- 1,3-diphenyldisilazane, 1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetraphenyldisilazane, 1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-1, Alkyl siloxane such as 3,5,7-tetravinylcyclotetrasiloxane and organic siloxane oligomers such as dimethyl siloxane oligomer. It is particularly preferable to add an alkenylsiloxane to the complex.

(D)成分的含量若為足夠用來促進(A)成分中及(B)成分中的烯基與(C)成分中的鍵結於矽原子的氫原子的矽氫化反應的量,則並無特別限定。(D)成分的含量較佳為相對於本組成物而(D)成分中的金屬原子以質量單位計成為0.01 ppm~500 ppm的範圍內的量。進而,(D)成分的含量較佳為該金屬原子成為0.01 ppm~100 ppm的範圍的量,尤佳為該金屬原子成為0.01 ppm~50 ppm的範圍的量。此為使本組成物充分交聯且不會產生著色等問題的範圍。If the content of the component (D) is an amount sufficient to promote the hydrosilylation reaction between the alkenyl group in the component (A) and the component (B) and the hydrogen atom bonded to the silicon atom in the component (C), then There is no particular limitation. The content of the component (D) is preferably an amount in the range of 0.01 ppm to 500 ppm in terms of mass units of the metal atoms in the component (D) relative to the present composition. Further, the content of the (D) component is preferably an amount in which the metal atom falls within a range of 0.01 to 100 ppm, and more preferably an amount in which the metal atom falls within a range of 0.01 ppm to 50 ppm. This is a range in which the present composition is sufficiently crosslinked without causing problems such as coloration.

本組成物亦可含有以下成分作為其他任意成分:乙炔基己醇、2-甲基-3-丁炔-2-醇、3,5-二甲基-1-己炔-3-醇、2-苯基-3-丁炔-2-醇等炔烴醇;3-甲基-3-戊烯-1-炔、3,5-二甲基-3-己烯-1-炔等烯炔化合物;1,3,5,7-四甲基-1,3,5,7-四乙烯基環四矽氧烷、1,3,5,7-四甲基-1,3,5,7-四己烯基環四矽氧烷、苯并三唑等反應抑制劑。該反應抑制劑的含量並無限定,較佳為相對於本組成物的重量而為1 ppm~5,000 ppm的範圍。亦可藉由調整反應抑制劑的含量來調整所得矽酮樹脂的貯存彈性模數。This composition may also contain the following ingredients as other optional ingredients: ethynylhexanol, 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-ol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexyn-3-ol, 2 -Alkynyl alcohols such as phenyl-3-butyne-2-ol; enynes such as 3-methyl-3-pentene-1-yne, 3,5-dimethyl-3-hexene-1-yne Compound; 1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-1,3,5,7-tetravinylcyclotetrasiloxane, 1,3,5,7-tetramethyl-1,3,5,7 -Tetrahexenyl cyclotetrasiloxane, benzotriazole and other reaction inhibitors. The content of the reaction inhibitor is not limited, but it is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 5,000 ppm based on the weight of the composition. The storage elastic modulus of the obtained silicone resin can also be adjusted by adjusting the content of the reaction inhibitor.

於本發明實施形態的螢光體片中,矽酮樹脂的含量較佳為螢光體片整體的10重量%以上,更佳為30重量%以上。另外,矽酮樹脂的含量較佳為90重量%以下,更佳為85重量%以下,進而更佳為70重量%以下。In the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention, the content of the silicone resin is preferably 10% by weight or more, and more preferably 30% by weight or more of the entire phosphor sheet. The content of the silicone resin is preferably 90% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less, and even more preferably 70% by weight or less.

如之後所詳細說明般,本發明實施形態的螢光體片尤佳為用於LED的表面被覆用途。此時,藉由螢光體片中的矽酮樹脂的含有率為如上所述的範圍,可獲得顯示出優異性能的發光裝置。As described in detail later, the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is particularly preferably used for surface coating of LEDs. In this case, a light-emitting device exhibiting excellent performance can be obtained when the content ratio of the silicone resin in the phosphor sheet is in the range described above.

(螢光體) 螢光體是吸收自LED晶片中釋放出的光,並對該光的波長進行轉換而釋放出與LED晶片的光具有不同波長的光者。藉此,自LED晶片釋放出的光的一部分與自螢光體釋放出的光的一部分混合,從而獲得包含白色的多色系的LED。具體而言,藉由將藍色系LED晶片、與吸收自該LED晶片釋放出的光而發出黃色系的發光色的光的螢光體進行光學組合,可使用單一的LED晶片而獲得白色系的發光。(Fluorescent body) A fluorescent body absorbs light emitted from an LED chip and converts the wavelength of the light to emit light having a different wavelength from the light of the LED chip. Thereby, a part of the light emitted from the LED chip and a part of the light emitted from the phosphor are mixed to obtain a white multi-color LED. Specifically, a white LED system can be obtained by optically combining a blue LED chip with a phosphor that absorbs light emitted from the LED chip and emits light of a yellow emission color. Glow.

如上所述般的螢光體中,有發出綠色光的螢光體、發出藍色光的螢光體、發出黃色光的螢光體、發出紅色光的螢光體等各種螢光體。作為本發明中所使用的具體的螢光體,可列舉無機螢光體、有機螢光體、量子點等公知的螢光體。螢光體可使用螢光顏料、螢光染料的任一者。As described above, there are various phosphors such as a phosphor that emits green light, a phosphor that emits blue light, a phosphor that emits yellow light, and a phosphor that emits red light. Specific phosphors used in the present invention include known phosphors such as inorganic phosphors, organic phosphors, and quantum dots. As the phosphor, any one of a fluorescent pigment and a fluorescent dye can be used.

作為無機螢光體,只要為最終可再現既定的色彩者則並無特別限定,可使用公知者。The inorganic phosphor is not particularly limited as long as it can eventually reproduce a predetermined color, and a known one can be used.

作為有機螢光體,較佳為發光光譜於波長500 nm~700 nm的區域中具有峰值。此種螢光體由波長400 nm~500 nm的範圍的激發光激發而於波長500 nm~700 nm的區域中發光。如上所述般的螢光體中,可列舉:發出綠色光的螢光體、發出黃色光的螢光體、發出紅色光的螢光體。作為本發明中所使用的有機螢光體的例子,可列舉:吡咯亞甲基化合物、香豆素系色素、酞菁系色素、二苯乙烯系色素、花青系色素、聚苯系色素、若丹明系色素、吡啶系色素、吡咯亞甲基系色素、卟啉系色素、噁嗪系色素、吡嗪系色素、烯丙基磺醯胺・三聚氰胺甲醛共縮合染色物或苝系螢光體等。就色彩再現性的觀點而言,較佳為使用吡咯亞甲基化合物,尤其較佳為使用後述的通式(4)所表示的有機化合物。As the organic phosphor, it is preferable that the emission spectrum has a peak in a region of a wavelength of 500 nm to 700 nm. Such a phosphor is excited by excitation light having a wavelength in a range of 400 nm to 500 nm and emits light in a range of 500 nm to 700 nm. Examples of the phosphors as described above include phosphors that emit green light, phosphors that emit yellow light, and phosphors that emit red light. Examples of the organic phosphor used in the present invention include a pyrrole methylene compound, a coumarin pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, a stilbene pigment, a cyanine pigment, a polybenzene pigment, Rhodamine pigments, pyridine pigments, pyrrole methylene pigments, porphyrin pigments, oxazine pigments, pyrazine pigments, allyl sulfonamide melamine formaldehyde co-condensation dyes, or fluorene fluorescence体 等。 Body and so on. From the viewpoint of color reproducibility, it is preferable to use a pyrrole methylene compound, and it is particularly preferable to use an organic compound represented by the general formula (4) described later.

所謂量子點,是指由激發光激發而發出螢光的半導體奈米粒子。 作為本發明中所使用的量子點,就提昇耐久性的觀點而言,較佳為核殼(core-shell)型的半導體奈米粒子。作為核,可使用II-VI族半導體奈米粒子、III-V族半導體奈米粒子、及多元系半導體奈米粒子等。具體而言,可列舉CdSe、CdTe、CdS、ZnS、ZnSe、ZnTe、InP、InAs、InGaP等,但並不限定於該些。其中,就以高效率發出可見光的觀點而言,較佳為CdSe、CdTe、InP、InGaP。作為殼,可使用CdS、ZnS、ZnO、GaAs、及該些的複合體,但並不限定於該些。量子點的發光波長通常可藉由粒子的組成及尺寸來調整。The so-called quantum dots are semiconductor nano particles that emit fluorescence by being excited by excitation light. The quantum dots used in the present invention are preferably core-shell type semiconductor nano particles from the viewpoint of improving durability. As the core, a group II-VI semiconductor nanoparticle, a group III-V semiconductor nanoparticle, and a multicomponent semiconductor nanoparticle can be used. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, CdSe, CdTe, CdS, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, InP, InAs, and InGaP. Among these, CdSe, CdTe, InP, and InGaP are preferable from the viewpoint of emitting visible light with high efficiency. As a shell, CdS, ZnS, ZnO, GaAs, and these composites can be used, but it is not limited to these. The emission wavelength of a quantum dot can usually be adjusted by the particle composition and size.

亦可於量子點的表面配位具有路易斯鹼性的配位性基的配位子。另外,作為路易斯鹼性的配位性基,可列舉:胺基、羧基、巰基、膦基、及氧化膦基等。具體而言,可列舉:己胺、癸胺、十六烷基胺、十八烷基胺、油胺、肉豆蔻基胺、月桂基胺、油酸、巰基丙酸、三辛基膦、及三辛基氧化膦等。其中,較佳為十六烷基胺、三辛基膦、及三辛基氧化膦,尤佳為三辛基氧化膦。A ligand having a Lewis basic ligand may be coordinated to the surface of the quantum dot. Examples of the Lewis basic coordination group include an amine group, a carboxyl group, a mercapto group, a phosphine group, and a phosphine oxide group. Specifically, hexylamine, decylamine, cetylamine, octadecylamine, oleylamine, myristylamine, laurylamine, oleic acid, mercaptopropionic acid, trioctylphosphine, and Trioctylphosphine oxide, etc. Among them, cetylamine, trioctylphosphine, and trioctylphosphine oxide are preferred, and trioctylphosphine oxide is particularly preferred.

配位有該些配位子的量子點可藉由公知的合成方法來製作。例如可藉由C.B.默里(C.B.Murray)、D.J.諾里斯(D.J.Norris)、M.G.巴文迪(M.G.Bawendi),美國化學會誌(Journal American Chemical Society),1993,115(19),pp8706-8715,或者物理化學雜誌(The Journal Physical Chemistry),101,pp9463-9475,1997中所記載的方法來合成。另外,配位有配位子的量子點可無任何限制地使用市售品。例如,可列舉魯米點(Lumidot)(西格瑪奧德里奇(Sigma-Aldrich)公司製造)。The quantum dots coordinated with these ligands can be produced by a known synthesis method. For example, CB Murray, DJ Norris, MG Bawendi, Journal of the American Chemical Society, 1993, 115 (19), pp8706-8715 , Or the method described in The Journal Physical Chemistry, 101, pp 9463-9475, 1997. In addition, a commercially available product can be used for the quantum dot coordinated with a ligand without any restriction. For example, Lumidot (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich) may be mentioned.

作為本發明中可尤佳地使用的螢光體,可列舉無機螢光體。以下對本發明中所使用的無機螢光體進行記載。Examples of the phosphor that can be particularly preferably used in the present invention include inorganic phosphors. Hereinafter, the inorganic phosphor used in the present invention will be described.

(無機螢光體) 本發明中所使用的無機螢光體較佳為發光光譜於波長500 nm~700 nm的區域中具有峰值。此種螢光體由波長400 nm~500 nm的範圍的激發光激發而於波長500 nm~700 nm的區域中發光。如上所述般的螢光體中,可列舉:發出綠色光的螢光體、發出黃色光的螢光體、發出紅色光的螢光體。(Inorganic Phosphor) The inorganic phosphor used in the present invention preferably has a light emission spectrum having a peak in a region of a wavelength of 500 nm to 700 nm. Such a phosphor is excited by excitation light having a wavelength in a range of 400 nm to 500 nm and emits light in a range of 500 nm to 700 nm. Examples of the phosphors as described above include phosphors that emit green light, phosphors that emit yellow light, and phosphors that emit red light.

對於無機螢光體的形狀並無特別限制,可使用球狀、柱狀等各種形狀。The shape of the inorganic phosphor is not particularly limited, and various shapes such as a spherical shape and a columnar shape can be used.

作為本發明中所使用的無機螢光體的例子,可列舉:釔鋁石榴石(YAG)系螢光體、鋱鋁石榴石(TAG)系螢光體、矽酸鹽螢光體、氮化物系螢光體、氮氧化物系螢光體、氮化物螢光體、氮氧化物螢光體、Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體等。作為氮氧化物螢光體的較佳例,可列舉β矽鋁氮氧化物(Sialon)型螢光體。Examples of the inorganic phosphors used in the present invention include yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) based phosphors, ytterbium aluminum garnet (TAG) based phosphors, silicate phosphors, and nitrides. Based phosphors, oxynitride phosphors, nitride phosphors, oxynitride phosphors, Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphors, and the like. Preferable examples of the oxynitride phosphor include a β-silicon aluminum oxynitride (Sialon) type phosphor.

其中,可較佳地使用氮化物螢光體、氮氧化物螢光體、Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體,可更佳地使用β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體、Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體。藉由使用該些螢光體,可獲得高亮度的螢光體片。Among them, nitride phosphors, oxynitride phosphors, Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphors can be preferably used, and β-type silicon aluminum oxynitride phosphors, Mn activation can be more preferably used. Complex fluoride complex phosphor. By using these phosphors, a high-luminance phosphor sheet can be obtained.

另外,本發明實施形態的螢光體片較佳為包含β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體及Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體。In addition, the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention preferably includes a β-type silicon aluminum nitride oxide phosphor and a Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphor.

(β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體) β型矽鋁氮氧化物為β型氮化矽的固溶體,且為Al取代固溶於β型氮化矽結晶的Si位置、O取代固溶於N位置者。β型矽鋁氮氧化物的單位晶胞(単位格子)中具有2式量的原子,因此,作為通式,可使用Si6-Z Alz Oz N8-z 。此處,z為0~4.2。β型矽鋁氮氧化物的固溶範圍非常廣,另外,(Si、Al)/(N、O)的莫耳比需要維持為3/4。β型矽鋁氮氧化物的一般製法為除氮化矽以外,亦加入氧化矽與氮化鋁、或氧化鋁與氮化鋁而進行加熱的方法。(Β-type silicon-aluminum oxynitride phosphor) β-type silicon-aluminum oxynitride is a solid solution of β-type silicon nitride. Dissolved in N position. The unit cell (unit lattice) of the β-type silicon aluminum oxynitride has atoms of 2 formulas. Therefore, as a general formula, Si 6-Z Al z O z N 8-z can be used. Here, z is 0 to 4.2. The solid solution range of β-type silicon aluminum nitride oxide is very wide. In addition, the molar ratio of (Si, Al) / (N, O) needs to be maintained at 3/4. The general method for producing β-type silicon aluminum oxynitride is a method in which, in addition to silicon nitride, silicon oxide and aluminum nitride, or aluminum oxide and aluminum nitride are added and heated.

β型矽鋁氮氧化物藉由於結晶結構內組入稀土類等的發光元素(Eu、Sr、Mn、Ce等),成為由來自紫外的藍色的光激發而顯示出波長520 nm~550 nm的綠色發光的β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體。β-type silicon-aluminum oxynitride has a wavelength of 520 nm to 550 nm due to the light-emitting elements (Eu, Sr, Mn, Ce, etc.) incorporated in the crystal structure, which are excited by blue light from ultraviolet rays. Green emitting β-type silicon aluminum nitride oxide phosphor.

本發明中所使用的β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體較佳為發光光譜於波長535 nm~550 nm的區域中具有峰值。若為此種範圍,則於將本發明實施形態的螢光體片用於LED封裝的情況下,可獲得良好的發光特性。另外,β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體的平均粒徑較佳為1 μm以上,更佳為10 μm以上,進而佳為16 μm以上。另外,較佳為100 μm以下,更佳為50 μm以下,進而佳為19 μm以下。若為此種範圍,則於將本發明實施形態的螢光體片用於LED封裝的情況下,可獲得良好的發光特性。The β-type silicon aluminum oxynitride phosphor used in the present invention preferably has a light emission spectrum having a peak in a region of a wavelength of 535 nm to 550 nm. Within this range, when the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is used for an LED package, good light emitting characteristics can be obtained. The average particle diameter of the β-type silicon aluminum nitride oxide phosphor is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 10 μm or more, and even more preferably 16 μm or more. The thickness is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, and even more preferably 19 μm or less. Within this range, when the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is used for an LED package, good light emitting characteristics can be obtained.

(KSF螢光體) Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體為將Mn作為活化劑、且將鹼金屬或鹼土金屬的氟化物錯合物鹽作為主晶的螢光體。於該Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體中,形成主晶的氟化物錯合物的配位中心較佳為四價金屬(Si、Ti、Zr、Hf、Ge、Sn),且配位於其周圍的氟原子的個數較佳為6。(KSF phosphor) The Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphor is a phosphor using Mn as an activator and a fluoride complex salt of an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal as a main crystal. In the Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphor, the coordination center of the fluoride complex forming the main crystal is preferably a tetravalent metal (Si, Ti, Zr, Hf, Ge, Sn), and The number of fluorine atoms located around it is preferably six.

Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體由通式A2 MF6 :Mn(此處,A為選自由Li、Na、K、Rb及Cs所組成的群組中且至少包含Na及/或K的一種以上的鹼金屬,M為選自由Si、Ti、Zr、Hf、Ge及Sn所組成的群組中的一種以上的四價元素)表示。於上述通式中,K2 SiF6 :Mn為KSF螢光體。作為本發明中所使用的Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體,較佳為該KSF螢光體。The Mn-activated complex fluoride complex phosphor is of the general formula A 2 MF 6 : Mn (here, A is selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs and contains at least Na and / or One or more alkali metals of K, and M is one or more tetravalent elements selected from the group consisting of Si, Ti, Zr, Hf, Ge, and Sn). In the above general formula, K 2 SiF 6 : Mn is a KSF phosphor. As the Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphor used in the present invention, the KSF phosphor is preferred.

Mn活化複合氟化物錯合物螢光體的平均粒徑較佳為1 μm以上,更佳為10 μm以上,進而佳為20 μm以上。另外,較佳為100 μm以下,更佳為70 μm以下,進而佳為40 μm以下。若為此種範圍,則於將本發明實施形態的螢光體片用於LED封裝的情況下,可獲得良好的發光特性。The average particle diameter of the Mn-activated composite fluoride complex phosphor is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 10 μm or more, and even more preferably 20 μm or more. The thickness is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 70 μm or less, and even more preferably 40 μm or less. Within this range, when the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is used for an LED package, good light emitting characteristics can be obtained.

於本發明中,所謂平均粒徑是指中值徑(D50)。平均粒徑可藉由利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(scanning electron microscope,SEM)對螢光體片進行觀察來測定。根據對螢光體片的剖面進行觀察而得的二維圖像,計算與螢光體粒子的外緣相交於兩點的直線的該兩個交點之間的距離中成為最大的距離,並將其定義為螢光體粒子的各別的粒徑。藉由該方法,對所觀測的螢光體粒子中的200個計算粒徑,於據此而得的粒度分佈中,將自小粒徑側起的通過累計百分比50%的粒徑設為D50。In the present invention, the average particle diameter refers to a median diameter (D50). The average particle diameter can be measured by observing a phosphor sheet with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). Based on the two-dimensional image obtained by observing the cross section of the phosphor sheet, calculate the largest distance among the distances between the two intersections of a straight line that intersects two points with the outer edges of the phosphor particles, and It is defined as the individual particle diameters of the phosphor particles. By this method, the particle size of 200 of the observed phosphor particles is calculated, and in the particle size distribution obtained based on this, the particle size of 50% of the cumulative pass from the small particle size side is set to D50 .

於將搭載有螢光體片的LED發光裝置作為對象的情況下,可藉由機械研磨法、切片機法、橫截面拋光機(Cross-section Polisher,CP)法及聚焦離子束(Focused Ion Beam,FIB)加工法中的任意方法進行研磨以便可對螢光體片的剖面進行觀測,然後藉由SEM對所得的剖面進行觀察而獲得二維圖像,根據該二維圖像來計算上述平均粒徑。When an LED light-emitting device equipped with a phosphor sheet is targeted, a mechanical polishing method, a microtome method, a cross-section polisher (CP) method, and a focused ion beam (Focused Ion Beam) can be used. , FIB) grinding in any method so that the cross section of the phosphor sheet can be observed, and then the obtained cross section is observed by SEM to obtain a two-dimensional image, and the average is calculated based on the two-dimensional image. Particle size.

本發明中,螢光體片中的無機螢光體的含量較佳為螢光體片整體的35重量%以上,更佳為40重量%以上,進而佳為60重量%以上。藉由將螢光體片中的螢光體含有率設為此種範圍,可提高螢光體片的亮度。再者,螢光體含有率的上限並無特別規定,但就容易製成作業性優異的螢光體片的觀點而言,較佳為螢光體片中的螢光體的含量為螢光體片整體的90重量%以下,更佳為85重量%以下,進而佳為80重量%以下,進而更佳為70重量%以下。In the present invention, the content of the inorganic phosphor in the phosphor sheet is preferably 35% by weight or more of the entire phosphor sheet, more preferably 40% by weight or more, and still more preferably 60% by weight or more. By setting the phosphor content in the phosphor sheet to such a range, the brightness of the phosphor sheet can be increased. In addition, the upper limit of the phosphor content is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of easily making a fluorescent sheet having excellent workability, the content of the fluorescent substance in the fluorescent sheet is preferably fluorescent The whole body sheet is 90% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less, still more preferably 80% by weight or less, and still more preferably 70% by weight or less.

作為本發明中可尤佳地使用的螢光體,亦可列舉通式(4)所表示的有機化合物作為有機螢光體。以下對本發明中所使用的通式(4)所表示的有機化合物進行記載。As the phosphor which can be used particularly preferably in the present invention, an organic compound represented by the general formula (4) can also be cited as the organic phosphor. Hereinafter, the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) used in the present invention will be described.

(通式(4)所表示的有機化合物)(Organic compound represented by general formula (4))

[化4] [Chemical 4]

於表示本實施形態中的有機化合物的通式(4)中,R5 、R6 、Ar1 ~Ar5 及L可相同亦可不同,且選自氫、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、羥基、巰基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基醚基、芳硫醚基、芳基、雜芳基、雜環基、鹵素、鹵代烷基、鹵代烯基、鹵代炔基、氰基、醛基、羰基、羧基、酯基、胺甲醯基、胺基、硝基、矽烷基、矽氧烷基、與鄰接取代基之間所形成的縮合環及脂肪族環中。M表示m價的金屬,且為選自硼、鈹、鎂、鉻、鐵、鎳、銅、鋅、鉑中的至少一種。於所述所有基團中,氫可為氘。此於以下說明的有機化合物或其部分結構中亦相同。In the general formula (4) showing the organic compound in this embodiment, R 5 , R 6 , Ar 1 to Ar 5, and L may be the same or different, and are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and arane. Alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, mercapto, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylether, arylthioether, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, halogen, haloalkyl, Formed between haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, cyano, aldehyde, carbonyl, carboxyl, ester, carbamoyl, amine, nitro, silyl, siloxy, and adjacent substituents Condensation ring and aliphatic ring. M represents an m-valent metal and is at least one selected from the group consisting of boron, beryllium, magnesium, chromium, iron, nickel, copper, zinc, and platinum. Of all the groups, hydrogen may be deuterium. The same applies to the organic compounds or partial structures described below.

另外,於以下的說明中,例如所謂碳數6~40的經取代或未經取代的芳基,是指亦包括在芳基中進行了取代的取代基所含的碳數的所有碳數為6~40的芳基。對碳數進行了規定的其他取代基亦與此相同。In addition, in the following description, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms means that all carbon numbers including the carbon number contained in the substituent substituted in the aryl group are 6 to 40 aryl. The same applies to other substituents having a specified carbon number.

另外,於所述所有基團中,作為經取代的情況下的取代基,較佳為烷基、環烷基、雜環基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、羥基、硫醇基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基醚基、芳硫醚基、芳基、雜芳基、鹵素、氰基、醛基、羰基、羧基、氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、胺基、硝基、矽烷基、矽氧烷基、氧硼基、氧化膦基,進而較佳為於各取代基的說明中視為較佳的具體的取代基。另外,該些取代基可進一步由所述取代基取代。In addition, among the above-mentioned groups, as a substituent when substituted, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, Alkoxy, alkylthio, arylether, arylthioether, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, cyano, aldehyde, carbonyl, carboxyl, oxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, amine, nitrate Group, silane group, siloxy group, oxyboryl group, and phosphine oxide group, and more preferably, specific substituents which are considered to be preferable in the description of each substituent. These substituents may be further substituted with the substituents.

所謂「經取代或未經取代的」這一情況下的「未經取代」,是指氫原子或氘原子進行了取代。於以下說明的有機化合物或其部分結構中,關於稱作「經取代或未經取代的」這一情況,與所述相同。The term "unsubstituted" in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" means that a hydrogen atom or a deuterium atom has been substituted. In the organic compound or a partial structure described below, the case where it is referred to as "substituted or unsubstituted" is the same as described above.

另外,於所述所有基團中,所謂烷基,例如表示甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等飽和脂肪族烴基。該烷基可進而具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。經取代的情況下的追加的取代基並無特別限制,例如可列舉烷基、芳基、雜芳基等,關於該方面,於以下的記載中亦為相通的。另外,烷基的碳數並無特別限定,就獲取的容易性或成本的方面而言,較佳為1以上、20以下,更佳為1以上、8以下的範圍。In addition, in all the groups, the "alkyl group" means a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, or third butyl. The alkyl group may or may not have a substituent. In the case of substitution, the additional substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and the like. This point is also common to the following description. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and it is preferably in the range of 1 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably in the range of 1 or more and 8 in terms of ease of acquisition and cost.

所謂環烷基,例如表示環丙基、環己基、降冰片基、金剛烷基等飽和脂環式烴基,其可具有亦可不具有取代基。烷基部分的碳數並無特別限定,較佳為3以上、20以下的範圍。The "cycloalkyl group" means, for example, a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group such as cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and adamantyl, and it may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl portion is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 3 or more and 20 or less.

所謂芳烷基,例如表示苄基、苯基乙基等介隔脂肪族烴的芳香族烴基。該些脂肪族烴與芳香族烴均可未經取代,亦可具有取代基。The aralkyl group means, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, and the like through an aliphatic hydrocarbon. These aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons may be unsubstituted and may have a substituent.

所謂烯基,例如表示乙烯基、烯丙基、丁二烯基等含有雙鍵的不飽和脂肪族烴基,其可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。烯基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為2以上、20以下的範圍。The alkenyl group means, for example, an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a double bond such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a butadienyl group, and it may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 2 or more and 20 or less.

所謂環烯基,例如表示環戊烯基、環戊二烯基、環己烯基等含有雙鍵的不飽和脂環式烴基,其可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to, for example, an unsaturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group containing a double bond, such as a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclopentadienyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.

所謂炔基,例如表示乙炔基等含有三鍵的不飽和脂肪族烴基,其可具有取代基亦,可不具有取代基。炔基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為2以上、20以下的範圍。The alkynyl group means, for example, an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a triple bond such as an ethynyl group, and it may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 2 or more and 20 or less.

所謂烷氧基,例如表示甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等介隔醚鍵而鍵結有脂肪族烴基的官能基,該脂肪族烴基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。烷氧基的碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上、20以下的範圍。The alkoxy group means, for example, a functional group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group bonded via an ether bond, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a propoxy group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 1 or more and 20 or less.

所謂烷硫基,為烷氧基的醚鍵的氧原子被取代為硫原子者。烷硫基的烴基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。烷硫基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上、20以下的範圍。The alkylthio group is one in which an oxygen atom of an ether bond of an alkoxy group is substituted with a sulfur atom. The alkylthio group may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylthio group is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 1 or more and 20 or less.

所謂芳基醚基,例如表示苯氧基等介隔醚鍵而鍵結有芳香族烴基的官能基,芳香族烴基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。芳基醚基的碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6以上、40以下的範圍。The aryl ether group means, for example, a functional group having an aromatic hydrocarbon group bonded via an ether bond such as a phenoxy group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl ether group is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 6 or more and 40 or less.

所謂芳硫醚基,為芳基醚基的醚鍵的氧原子被取代為硫原子者。芳硫醚基中的芳香族烴基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。芳硫醚基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上、40以下的範圍。The so-called aryl sulfide group is one in which an oxygen atom of an ether bond of an aryl ether group is substituted with a sulfur atom. The aromatic hydrocarbon group in the arylene sulfide group may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the arylene sulfide group is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 6 or more and 40 or less.

所謂芳基,例如表示苯基、萘基、聯苯基、茀基、菲基、聯三伸苯基(triphenylenyl)、聯三苯基等芳香族烴基。芳基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。芳基的碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6以上、40以下的範圍。The aryl group means, for example, aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl, phenanthryl, triphenylenyl, and bitriphenyl. The aryl group may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 6 or more and 40 or less.

所謂雜芳基,表示呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、喹啉基、吡嗪基、嘧啶基、三嗪基、萘啶基、苯并呋喃基、苯并噻吩基、吲哚基等在一個或多個環內具有碳以外的原子的環狀芳香族基,其可未經取代亦可經取代。雜芳基的碳數並無特別限定,較佳為2以上、30以下的範圍。The so-called heteroaryl group means furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, naphthyridinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indolyl, etc. Or a plurality of cyclic aromatic groups having atoms other than carbon in the ring, which may be unsubstituted or substituted. The number of carbon atoms of the heteroaryl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 2 or more and 30 or less.

所謂雜環基,例如表示吡喃環、哌啶環、環狀醯胺等在環內具有碳以外的原子的脂肪族環,其可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。雜環基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為2以上、20以下的範圍。The heterocyclic group means, for example, an aliphatic ring having an atom other than carbon in the ring, such as a pyran ring, a piperidine ring, and a cyclic amidine. The heterocyclic group may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 2 or more and 20 or less.

羰基、羧基、胺甲醯基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。此處,作為取代基,例如可列舉:烷基、環烷基、芳基、雜芳基等,該些取代基可進一步經取代。A carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, and a carbamoyl group may or may not have a substituent. Here, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and the like, and these substituents may be further substituted.

所謂胺基,為經取代或未經取代的胺基。胺基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基,作為進行取代的情況下的取代基,例如可列舉:芳基、雜芳基、直鏈烷基、分支烷基等。作為芳基、雜芳基,較佳為苯基、萘基、吡啶基、喹啉基。該些取代基亦可進一步經取代。碳數並無特別限定,較佳為2以上、50以下,更佳為6以上、40以下,尤佳為6以上、30以下的範圍。The amine group is a substituted or unsubstituted amine group. The amine group may or may not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent in the case of substitution include an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a linear alkyl group, and a branched alkyl group. As an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl group, and a quinolinyl group are preferable. These substituents may be further substituted. The number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 40 or less, and even more preferably 6 or more and 30 or less.

所謂鹵素,表示氟、氯、溴或碘。所謂鹵代烷基、鹵代烯基、鹵代炔基,例如表示三氟甲基等所述烷基、烯基、炔基的一部分或全部經所述鹵素取代者,其餘部分可未經取代亦可經取代。另外,醛基、羰基、酯基、胺甲醯基中亦包含經脂肪族烴、脂環式烴、芳香族烴、雜環等取代者,進而,脂肪族烴、脂環式烴、芳香族烴、雜環可未經取代亦可經取代。The term halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The so-called haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl represent, for example, trifluoromethyl and the like, such as trifluoromethyl, in which a part or all of the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl are substituted with the halogen, and the rest may be unsubstituted or may be Was replaced. In addition, aldehyde groups, carbonyl groups, ester groups, and carbamate groups also include those substituted with aliphatic hydrocarbons, alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, and heterocyclic rings. Furthermore, aliphatic hydrocarbons, alicyclic hydrocarbons, and aromatic hydrocarbons are included. The hydrocarbon and heterocyclic ring may be unsubstituted or substituted.

所謂矽烷基,例如表示三甲基矽烷基等具有對於矽原子的鍵結的官能基,其可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。矽烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為3以上、20以下的範圍。另外,矽數通常為1以上、6以下。The term “silyl group” means, for example, a functional group having a bond to a silicon atom, such as a trimethylsilyl group, which may or may not have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the silane group is not particularly limited, but is usually in the range of 3 or more and 20 or less. The number of silicon is usually 1 or more and 6 or less.

所謂矽氧烷基,例如表示三甲基矽氧烷基等介隔有醚鍵的矽化合物基。矽上的取代基可進一步經取代。The term "siloxyalkyl group" refers to a silicon compound group having an ether bond interposed therebetween, such as trimethylsiloxyalkyl group. Substituents on silicon may be further substituted.

如上所述的通式(4)所表示的有機化合物顯示出高螢光量子產率,且發光光譜的峰值半值寬度小,因此可達成有效率的色彩轉換與高色純度兩者。The organic compound represented by the general formula (4) as described above exhibits a high fluorescence quantum yield and a small peak half-value width of the emission spectrum, so that both efficient color conversion and high color purity can be achieved.

通式(4)所表示的有機化合物中的金屬錯合物中,就螢光量子產率高的方面而言,尤佳為M為硼的錯合物。進而,就材料的獲取容易度或合成的容易度的方面而言,尤佳為L為氟或含氟芳基且m-1為2的氟化硼錯合物。Among the metal complexes in the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), a complex in which M is boron is particularly preferred in terms of high fluorescence quantum yield. Furthermore, in terms of ease of material acquisition or ease of synthesis, a boron fluoride complex in which L is fluorine or a fluorine-containing aryl group and m-1 is 2 is particularly preferred.

另外,任意的鄰接的兩個取代基(例如通式(4)的R5 與Ar2 )亦可相互鍵結而形成共軛或非共軛的縮合環。作為此種縮合環的構成元素,除碳以外,亦可包含選自氮、氧、硫、磷及矽中的元素。另外,縮合環可進而與其他環縮合。In addition, two adjacent adjacent substituents (for example, R 5 and Ar 2 in the general formula (4)) may be bonded to each other to form a conjugated or non-conjugated condensed ring. As a constituent element of such a condensed ring, in addition to carbon, an element selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, and silicon may be included. The condensed ring may be further condensed with another ring.

如上所述的通式(4)所表示的有機化合物可藉由將合適的取代基導入至合適的位置來調整發光效率、色純度、熱穩定性、光穩定性及分散性等各種特性及物性。The organic compound represented by the general formula (4) as described above can adjust various characteristics and physical properties such as luminous efficiency, color purity, thermal stability, light stability, and dispersibility by introducing a suitable substituent to a suitable position. .

例如,取代基Ar5 會大幅影響通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的耐久性,即,該有機化合物的發光強度的經時性降低。具體而言,於Ar5 為氫的情況下,該氫的反應性高,因此該氫與空氣中的水分或氧容易發生反應。此會引起Ar5 的分解。另外,於Ar5 為例如烷基般的分子鏈的運動的自由度大的取代基的情況下,反應性確實降低,但於片材中有機化合物彼此經時地凝聚,結果招致由濃度消光引起的發光強度的降低。因此,Ar5 較佳為剛直、且運動的自由度小而難以引起凝聚的基團,具體而言,較佳為經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜芳基的任一者。For example, the substituent Ar 5 greatly affects the durability of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), that is, the aging intensity of the organic compound decreases with time. Specifically, when Ar 5 is hydrogen, the hydrogen is highly reactive, and therefore, the hydrogen easily reacts with moisture or oxygen in the air. This causes decomposition of Ar 5 . In addition, when Ar 5 is a substituent having a large degree of freedom in movement of an alkyl-like molecular chain, the reactivity does decrease, but organic compounds in the sheet condense with each other over time. As a result, concentration extinction is caused. The reduction of the luminous intensity. Therefore, Ar 5 is preferably a group which is rigid and has a small degree of freedom of movement and is difficult to cause aggregation. Specifically, it is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group. Either base.

就提供更高的螢光量子產率、更難以發生熱分解的方面而言,另外就光穩定性的觀點而言,Ar5 較佳為經取代或未經取代的芳基。作為芳基,就不損及發光波長的觀點而言,較佳為苯基、聯苯基、聯三苯基、萘基、茀基、菲基、蒽基。From the viewpoint of providing higher fluorescence quantum yield and making it difficult to thermally decompose, and from the viewpoint of light stability, Ar 5 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. As an aryl group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a bitriphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group are preferable from a viewpoint which does not impair a light emission wavelength.

進而,為了提高所述有機化合物的光穩定性,需要適度地抑制Ar5 與吡咯亞甲基骨架的碳-碳鍵的彎曲。其原因在於,若彎曲過大,則對於激發光的反應性變高等,光穩定性降低。就此種觀點而言,作為Ar5 ,較佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基、經取代或未經取代的聯苯基、經取代或未經取代的聯三苯基、經取代或未經取代的萘基,更佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基、經取代或未經取代的聯苯基、經取代或未經取代的聯三苯基。尤佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。Furthermore, in order to improve the light stability of the organic compound, it is necessary to moderately suppress the bending of the carbon-carbon bond of Ar 5 and the pyrrole methylene skeleton. The reason for this is that if the bending is too large, the reactivity to the excitation light becomes high, and the light stability decreases. From this viewpoint, as Ar 5 , a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted tritriphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted The substituted naphthyl group is more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted bitriphenyl group. Particularly preferred is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.

另外,Ar5 較佳為體積適度大的取代基。藉由Ar5 具有某種程度的大體積,可防止分子的凝聚。其結果,所述有機化合物的發光效率或耐久性進一步提昇。In addition, Ar 5 is preferably a substituent having a moderately large volume. By having a large volume to some extent, Ar 5 can prevent the aggregation of molecules. As a result, the luminous efficiency or durability of the organic compound is further improved.

作為此種大體積取代基的更佳的例子,可列舉下述通式(5)所表示的Ar5 的結構。Better Examples of such bulky substituent group include the following structural formula (5) is represented by Ar 5.

[化5] [Chemical 5]

即,於表示所述有機化合物的通式(4)中,Ar5 較佳為通式(5)所表示的基團。於該表示Ar5 的通式(5)中,r選自由氫、烷基、環烷基、雜環基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、羥基、硫醇基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基醚基、芳硫醚基、芳基、雜芳基、鹵素、氰基、醛基、羰基、羧基、氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、胺基、硝基、矽烷基、矽氧烷基、氧硼基、氧化膦基所組成的群組中。k為1~3的整數。於k為2以上的情況下,r分別可相同亦可不同。That is, in the general formula (4) representing the organic compound, Ar 5 is preferably a group represented by the general formula (5). In the general formula (5) representing Ar 5 , r is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkoxy, and alkane. Thio, aryl ether, aryl thio ether, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, cyano, aldehyde, carbonyl, carboxyl, oxycarbonyl, carbamate, amino, nitro, silane, Siloxane, oxyboryl, and phosphine oxide groups. k is an integer from 1 to 3. When k is 2 or more, r may be the same or different.

該些基團中,例如氧基羰基可具有取代基,亦可不具有取代基。作為氧基羰基的取代基,例如可列舉烷基、環烷基、芳基、雜芳基等,該些取代基可進一步經取代。Among these groups, for example, the oxycarbonyl group may or may not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the oxycarbonyl group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. These substituents may be further substituted.

就可提供更高的螢光量子產率的觀點而言,r較佳為經取代或未經取代的芳基。該芳基中,尤其可列舉苯基、萘基作為較佳例。於r為芳基的情況下,通式(5)的k較佳為1或2,就進一步防止分子的凝聚的觀點而言,k更佳為2。進而,於k為2以上的情況下,r的至少一個較佳為經烷基取代。作為該情況下的烷基,就熱穩定性的觀點而言,可列舉甲基、乙基及第三丁基作為尤佳例。From the viewpoint of providing a higher fluorescence quantum yield, r is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Among the aryl groups, phenyl and naphthyl are particularly preferred. When r is an aryl group, k of the general formula (5) is preferably 1 or 2, and k is more preferably 2 from the viewpoint of further preventing molecular aggregation. Furthermore, when k is 2 or more, at least one of r is preferably substituted with an alkyl group. As an alkyl group in this case, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tertiary butyl group are mentioned as a particularly preferable example from a viewpoint of thermal stability.

另外,就控制螢光波長或吸收波長、或者提高與溶媒的相容性的觀點而言,r較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基或鹵素,更佳為甲基、乙基、第三丁基、甲氧基。就分散性的觀點而言,尤佳為第三丁基、甲氧基。就防止由分子彼此的凝聚引起的消光而言,更有效的是r為第三丁基或甲氧基。In addition, from the viewpoint of controlling the fluorescence wavelength or the absorption wavelength or improving the compatibility with the solvent, r is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a halogen. , More preferably methyl, ethyl, third butyl, and methoxy. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, third butyl and methoxy are particularly preferred. In terms of preventing matting caused by the aggregation of molecules, it is more effective that r is a third butyl group or a methoxy group.

與Ar1 ~Ar4 全部為氫的情況相比,Ar1 ~Ar4 的至少一者為經取代或未經取代的烷基或者經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜芳基的情況顯示出更良好的熱穩定性及光穩定性。Compared to a case where all of Ar 1 to Ar 4 are hydrogen, at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group The case of heteroaryl shows more good thermal stability and light stability.

於Ar1 ~Ar4 的至少一者為經取代或未經取代的芳基的情況下,作為芳基,較佳為苯基、聯苯基、聯三苯基、萘基,更佳為苯基、聯苯基。尤佳為苯基。In the case where at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a bitriphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and more preferably a benzene group. Radical, biphenyl. Especially preferred is phenyl.

於Ar1 ~Ar4 的至少一者為經取代或未經取代的雜芳基的情況下,作為雜芳基,較佳為吡啶基、喹啉基、噻吩基,更佳為吡啶基、喹啉基。尤佳為吡啶基。In the case where at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, the heteroaryl group is preferably a pyridyl group, a quinolyl group, or a thienyl group, and more preferably a pyridyl group or a quinyl group Porphyrinyl. Especially preferred is pyridyl.

另外,於表示所述有機化合物的通式(4)中,Ar1 ~Ar4 均分別可相同亦可不同,較佳為經取代或未經取代的芳基或者經取代或未經取代的雜芳基。其原因在於,會顯示出更良好的熱穩定性及光穩定性。於本實施形態的螢光體組成物等中,於所述有機化合物相比於與其組合的無機螢光體而將來自發光體的發光光轉換成更長波長的光的情況下,通式(5)中所表示的Ar1 ~Ar4 均分別可相同亦可不同,且更佳為經取代或未經取代的芳基,尤佳為苯基。該情況下,例如若來自發光體的發光光為藍色光,則無機螢光體將該藍色光轉換成綠色光,且所述有機化合物將該藍色光轉換成較該無機螢光體的色彩轉換為長波長的光,即轉換成紅色光。In addition, in the general formula (4) representing the organic compound, Ar 1 to Ar 4 may be the same or different, respectively, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group is preferred. Aryl. The reason is that it exhibits better thermal stability and light stability. In the phosphor composition and the like of this embodiment, when the organic compound converts the light emitted from the light emitter into light with a longer wavelength than the inorganic phosphor combined with the organic compound, the general formula ( All of Ar 1 to Ar 4 shown in 5) may be the same or different, and are more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group. In this case, for example, if the light emitted from the luminous body is blue light, the inorganic phosphor converts the blue light into green light, and the organic compound converts the blue light into a color conversion more than the inorganic phosphor. It is long-wavelength light, which is converted into red light.

進而,於表示所述有機化合物的通式(4)中,Ar1 ~Ar4 中的至少一者較佳為通式(6)所表示的取代基。藉此,可兼顧高色純度與耐久性。Furthermore, in the general formula (4) representing the organic compound, at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 is preferably a substituent represented by the general formula (6). This makes it possible to achieve both high color purity and durability.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

於通式(6)中,R7 選自由烷基、環烷基、烷氧基及烷硫基所組成的群組中。n為1~3的整數。於n為2以上的情況下,各R7 可相同亦可不同。In the general formula (6), R 7 is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylthio group. n is an integer of 1 to 3. When n is 2 or more, each R 7 may be the same or different.

於通式(6)所表示的芳基中,於R7 為供電子性基的情況下,主要對色純度產生影響,因此較佳。作為供電子性基,可列舉:烷基、環烷基、烷氧基或烷硫基等。尤其較佳為經碳數1~8的烷基、碳數1~8的環烷基、碳數1~8的烷氧基或碳數1~8的烷硫基取代的芳基。於R7 為碳數1~8的烷基或碳數1~8的烷氧基的情況下,可獲得更高的色純度,因此更佳。另外,作為主要對發光效率產生影響的芳基,較佳為具有第三丁基、金剛烷基等大體積取代基的芳基。Among the aryl groups represented by the general formula (6), when R 7 is an electron-donating group, it mainly affects the color purity, so it is preferable. Examples of the electron-donating group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylthio group. Particularly preferred is an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkylthio group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. When R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, higher color purity can be obtained, and therefore, it is more preferable. In addition, as the aryl group which mainly affects luminous efficiency, an aryl group having a bulky substituent such as a third butyl group and an adamantyl group is preferable.

另外,就耐熱性與色純度的觀點而言,Ar1 與Ar4 、Ar2 與Ar3 較佳為分別為同一結構的芳基。進而,就分散性的觀點而言,更佳為Ar1 ~Ar4 中的至少一者為通式(6)所表示的基團,且R7 為碳數4以上的烷基或烷氧基。其中,作為Ar1 ~Ar4 中的至少一者的例子,可尤佳地列舉第三丁基、甲氧基或第三丁氧基。From the viewpoints of heat resistance and color purity, Ar 1 and Ar 4 , and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are preferably aryl groups each having the same structure. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is more preferable that at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 is a group represented by the general formula (6), and R 7 is an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 4 or more carbon atoms. . Among them, as an example of at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 , a third butyl group, a methoxy group, or a third butoxy group is particularly preferable.

於通式(6)中,n較佳為1~3的整數,就原料獲取與合成的容易度的觀點而言,更佳為1或2。In the general formula (6), n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and in terms of ease of obtaining and synthesizing raw materials, 1 or 2 is more preferable.

另一方面,於表示所述有機化合物的通式(4)中,因在膜中的分散性提昇且可獲得高效率發光,故Ar1 ≠Ar2 或Ar3 ≠Ar4 的情況尤佳。此處,「≠」表示為不同結構的基團。例如,Ar1 ≠Ar2 表示Ar1 與Ar2 為不同結構的基團。Ar3 ≠Ar4 表示Ar3 與Ar4 為不同結構的基團。所謂Ar1 ≠Ar2 或Ar3 ≠Ar4 ,換言之是指不為「Ar1 =Ar2 且Ar3 =Ar4 」。即,表示Ar1 ~Ar4 的任意的組合中的、除(1)Ar1 =Ar2 =Ar3 =Ar4 者、及(2)Ar1 =Ar2 且Ar3 =Ar4 並且Ar1 ≠Ar3 者以外者。On the other hand, in the general formula (4) representing the organic compound, since the dispersibility in the film is improved and high-efficiency light emission can be obtained, it is particularly preferable that Ar 1 ≠ Ar 2 or Ar 3 ≠ Ar 4 . Here, "≠" indicates a group having a different structure. For example, Ar 1 ≠ Ar 2 represents a group in which Ar 1 and Ar 2 have different structures. Ar 3 ≠ Ar 4 represents a group in which Ar 3 and Ar 4 have different structures. The term Ar 1 ≠ Ar 2 or Ar 3 ≠ Ar 4 means , in other words, "Ar 1 = Ar 2 and Ar 3 = Ar 4 ". That is, it means that (1) Ar 1 = Ar 2 = Ar 3 = Ar 4 and (2) Ar 1 = Ar 2 and Ar 3 = Ar 4 and Ar 1 in any combination of Ar 1 to Ar 4 . ≠ Ar 3

藉由通式(6)所表示的芳基,會對通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的發光效率、色純度、耐熱性及耐光性等各種特性以及物性產生影響。雖亦具有使多個性質提昇的芳基,但完全不存在於所有性質中均顯示出充分的性能的芳基。尤其難以兼顧高發光效率與高色純度。因此,若可對通式(4)所表示的有機化合物導入多種芳基,則可期待獲得於發光特性或色純度等方面取得了平衡的有機化合物。The aryl group represented by the general formula (6) affects various characteristics and physical properties such as the luminous efficiency, color purity, heat resistance, and light resistance of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4). Although it also has an aryl group which enhances a plurality of properties, it does not exist at all in all properties which exhibit sufficient performance. It is particularly difficult to balance high luminous efficiency with high color purity. Therefore, if a plurality of aryl groups can be introduced into the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), an organic compound that is balanced in terms of light emission characteristics, color purity, and the like can be expected.

Ar1 =Ar2 =Ar3 =Ar4 的有機化合物僅可具有一種芳基。另外,Ar1 =Ar2 且Ar3 =Ar4 並且Ar1 ≠Ar3 的有機化合物中,具有特定物性的芳基偏集於其中一個吡咯環。該情況下,於發光效率與色純度的關係方面,如後所述般難以最大限度地引出各芳基所具有的物性。The organic compound of Ar 1 = Ar 2 = Ar 3 = Ar 4 may have only one kind of aryl group. In addition, in an organic compound in which Ar 1 = Ar 2 and Ar 3 = Ar 4 and Ar 1 ≠ Ar 3 , an aryl group having specific physical properties is biased toward one of the pyrrole rings. In this case, in terms of the relationship between the luminous efficiency and the color purity, as described later, it is difficult to extract the physical properties of each aryl group to the maximum.

相對於此,本發明實施形態的有機化合物可將具有某物性的取代基平衡性良好地配置於左右的吡咯環中,因此,與偏集於其中一個吡咯環的情況相比,可最大限度地發揮其物性。In contrast, the organic compound according to the embodiment of the present invention can arrange substituents having certain physical properties in the right and left pyrrole rings in a well-balanced manner. Therefore, compared with the case where the substituents are concentrated in one of the pyrrole rings, the organic compound can be maximized. Give play to its physical properties.

該效果於平衡性良好地提昇發光效率與色純度的方面而言尤其優異。就共軛系擴張而可獲得高色純度的發光的方面而言,較佳為於兩側的吡咯環上分別具有一個以上的對色純度產生影響的芳基。但,Ar1 =Ar2 且Ar3 =Ar4 並且Ar1 ≠Ar3 的有機化合物例如於已於一個吡咯環中導入了對色純度產生影響的芳基的情況下,若於另一個吡咯環中導入對發光效率產生影響的芳基,則對色純度產生影響的芳基會偏集於單側的吡咯環中,因此共軛系未充分地擴張,色純度未充分地提昇。另外,若於另一個吡咯環中導入同樣對色純度產生影響且為另一結構的芳基,則無法提昇發光效率。This effect is particularly excellent in that the luminous efficiency and color purity are improved in a well-balanced manner. From the point that the conjugated system expands to obtain light emission with high color purity, it is preferred that each of the pyrrole rings on both sides has one or more aryl groups which affect color purity. However, if an organic compound in which Ar 1 = Ar 2 and Ar 3 = Ar 4 and Ar 1 ≠ Ar 3 has introduced an aryl group that has an effect on color purity in one pyrrole ring, if the organic compound has another pyrrole ring If an aryl group having an effect on luminous efficiency is introduced in the middle, the aryl group having an effect on color purity will be concentrated in the pyrrole ring on one side, so the conjugated system is not sufficiently expanded and the color purity is not sufficiently improved. In addition, if an aryl group having another structure that also affects color purity is introduced into another pyrrole ring, luminous efficiency cannot be improved.

相對於此,本發明實施形態的有機化合物可於兩側的吡咯環中分別導入一個以上的對色純度產生影響的芳基,且於除此以外的位置中導入對發光效率產生影響的芳基。因此,本發明實施形態的有機化合物可最大限度地提昇色純度及發光效率兩個性質,故而較佳。再者,於Ar2 及Ar3 的位置中導入對色純度產生影響的芳基的情況會使共軛系最大程度地擴張,因此較佳。In contrast, in the organic compound according to the embodiment of the present invention, one or more aryl groups having an effect on color purity may be introduced into the pyrrole ring on both sides, and aryl groups having an effect on luminous efficiency may be introduced into other positions. . Therefore, the organic compound according to the embodiment of the present invention is preferable because it can maximize the two properties of color purity and luminous efficiency. Further, at the position of Ar 2 and Ar 3 in the case where the aryl group is introduced affects the color purity will conjugated maximally expanded, and therefore preferred.

於Ar1 ~Ar4 中的至少一者為經取代或未經取代的烷基的情況下,作為烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基等碳數1~6的烷基。進而,作為該烷基,就熱穩定性優異的觀點而言,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基。另外,就防止濃度消光、提昇發光量子產率的觀點而言,作為該烷基,更佳為立體地體積大的第三丁基。另一方面,就合成的容易度、原料獲取的容易度的觀點而言,作為該烷基,亦可較佳地使用甲基。When at least one of Ar 1 to Ar 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, Alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons such as second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, and hexyl. Furthermore, as this alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group are preferred from the viewpoint of excellent thermal stability. In addition, from the viewpoint of preventing concentration extinction and improving light emission quantum yield, the alkyl group is more preferably a tertiary bulky third butyl group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and ease of obtaining raw materials, as the alkyl group, a methyl group can also be preferably used.

另一方面,於表示所述有機化合物的通式(4)中,於Ar1 ~Ar4 均分別可相同亦可不同,且為經取代或未經取代的烷基的情況下,對黏合劑樹脂或溶媒的溶解性良好,因此較佳。該情況下,作為烷基,就合成的容易度、原料獲取的容易度的觀點而言,較佳為甲基。例如,於本實施形態的螢光體組成物等中,於所述有機化合物相比於與其組合的無機螢光體而將來自發光體的發光光轉換成更短波長的光的情況下,通式(4)中所表示的Ar1 ~Ar4 均分別可相同亦可不同,且為經取代或未經取代的烷基,較佳為甲基。具體而言,若來自發光體的發光光為藍色光,則無機螢光體將該藍色光轉換成紅色光,所述有機化合物將該藍色光轉換成較該無機螢光體的色彩轉換為短波長的光,即,轉換成綠色光。On the other hand, in the general formula (4) representing the organic compound, in the case where Ar 1 to Ar 4 may be the same or different, and are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, A resin or a solvent is preferred because it has good solubility. In this case, the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group in terms of ease of synthesis and ease of obtaining raw materials. For example, in the phosphor composition and the like of this embodiment, when the organic compound converts the light emitted from the light emitter into light of shorter wavelength than the inorganic phosphor combined with the organic compound, All of Ar 1 to Ar 4 represented by formula (4) may be the same or different, and are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and preferably methyl. Specifically, if the light emitted from the light emitter is blue light, the inorganic phosphor converts the blue light into red light, and the organic compound converts the blue light into a color shorter than the color of the inorganic phosphor. Wavelength of light, that is, converted into green light.

於表示此種有機化合物的通式(4)中,R5 及R6 中的至少一者為氫。即,R5 及R6 較佳為氫、烷基、羰基、氧基羰基、芳基中的任一者,就熱穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為氫或烷基。尤其就容易於發光光譜中獲得窄的半值寬度的觀點而言,R5 及R6 中的至少一者更佳為氫。In the general formula (4) representing such an organic compound, at least one of R 5 and R 6 is hydrogen. That is, R 5 and R 6 are preferably any of hydrogen, alkyl, carbonyl, oxycarbonyl, and aryl, and from the viewpoint of thermal stability, hydrogen or alkyl is preferred. In particular, at least one of R 5 and R 6 is more preferably hydrogen from the viewpoint that it is easy to obtain a narrow half-value width in the emission spectrum.

另外,L較佳為烷基、芳基、雜芳基、氟、含氟烷基、含氟雜芳基或含氟芳基。尤其L為氟或含氟芳基的情況因相對於激發光穩定、且可獲得更高的螢光量子產率,故更佳。進而,就合成的容易度而言,L進而更佳為氟。In addition, L is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a fluorine group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, a fluorine-containing heteroaryl group, or a fluorine-containing aryl group. In particular, the case where L is fluorine or a fluorine-containing aryl group is more stable because it is stable to the excitation light and a higher fluorescence quantum yield can be obtained. Furthermore, in terms of ease of synthesis, L is more preferably fluorine.

此處,所謂含氟芳基,是指包含氟的芳基,例如可列舉:氟苯基、三氟甲基苯基及五氟苯基等。所謂含氟雜芳基,是指包含氟的雜芳基,例如可列舉:氟吡啶基、三氟甲基吡啶基及三氟吡啶基等。所謂含氟烷基,是指包含氟的烷基,例如可列舉三氟甲基或五氟乙基等。Here, the fluorine-containing aryl group means an aryl group containing fluorine, and examples thereof include a fluorophenyl group, a trifluoromethylphenyl group, and a pentafluorophenyl group. The fluorine-containing heteroaryl group means a heteroaryl group containing fluorine, and examples thereof include a fluoropyridyl group, a trifluoromethylpyridyl group, and a trifluoropyridyl group. The fluorine-containing alkyl group means an alkyl group containing fluorine, and examples thereof include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.

另外,作為通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的另一態樣,較佳為R5 、R6 、Ar1 ~Ar5 中的至少一者為吸電子基。尤其較佳為(1)R1 、R2 、Ar1 ~Ar4 中的至少一者為吸電子基;(2)Ar5 為吸電子基;或者(3)R5 、R6 、Ar1 ~Ar4 中的至少一者為吸電子基且Ar5 為吸電子基。藉由如此般於有機化合物的吡咯亞甲基骨架中導入吸電子基,可大幅降低吡咯亞甲基骨架的電子密度。藉此,所述有機化合物相對於氧的穩定性進一步提高,其結果,可進一步提昇所述有機化合物的耐久性。In another aspect of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), it is preferable that at least one of R 5 , R 6 , and Ar 1 to Ar 5 is an electron withdrawing group. It is particularly preferable that (1) at least one of R 1 , R 2 , and Ar 1 to Ar 4 is an electron withdrawing group; (2) Ar 5 is an electron withdrawing group; or (3) R 5 , R 6 , Ar 1 At least one of ˜Ar 4 is an electron withdrawing group and Ar 5 is an electron withdrawing group. By introducing an electron-withdrawing group into the pyrrole methylene skeleton of an organic compound like this, the electron density of the pyrrole methylene skeleton can be greatly reduced. Thereby, the stability of the organic compound with respect to oxygen is further improved, and as a result, the durability of the organic compound can be further improved.

所謂吸電子基,亦稱為電子受容性基,於有機電子論中,是指藉由誘導效應或共振效應而自所取代的原子團吸引電子的原子團。作為吸電子基,可列舉取正值作為哈米特方程的取代基常數(σp(對位))的基團。哈米特方程的取代基常數(σp(對位))可引用自化學便覽基礎篇修訂5版(II-380頁)。再者,雖苯基亦具有如上所述般的取正值的例子,但於本發明中,苯基不包含於吸電子基中。The so-called electron-withdrawing group, also known as an electron-accepting group, refers to an atomic group that attracts electrons from a substituted atomic group through an inductive effect or a resonance effect in organic electron theory. Examples of the electron withdrawing group include a group that takes a positive value as the substituent constant (σp (para)) of the Hammett's equation. The substituent constant (σp (para-position)) of the Hammett's equation can be quoted from the Revised 5th Edition of the Fundamentals of Chemistry (Page II-380). In addition, although the phenyl group also has an example of taking a positive value as described above, in the present invention, the phenyl group is not included in the electron withdrawing group.

作為吸電子基的例子,例如可列舉:-F(σp:+0.06)、-Cl(σp:+0.23)、-Br(σp:+0.23)、-I(σp:+0.18)、-CO2 R12 (σp:當R12 為乙基時為+0.45)、-CONH2 (σp:+0.38)、-COR12 (σp:當R12 為甲基時為+0.49)、-CF3 (σp:+0.50)、-SO2 R12 (σp:當R12 為甲基時為+0.69)、-NO2 (σp:+0.81)等。R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、經取代或未經取代的形成環的碳數為6~30的芳香族烴基、經取代或未經取代的形成環的原子數為5~30的雜環基、經取代或未經取代的碳數1~30的烷基、經取代或未經取代的碳數1~30的環烷基。作為所述各基團的具體例,可列舉與上文所述相同的例子。Examples of the electron-withdrawing group include -F (σp: +0.06), -Cl (σp: +0.23), -Br (σp: +0.23), -I (σp: +0.18), -CO 2 R 12 (σp: +0.45 when R 12 is ethyl), -CONH 2 (σp: +0.38), -COR 12 (σp: +0.49 when R 12 is methyl), -CF 3 (σp : +0.50), -SO 2 R 12 (σp: +0.69 when R 12 is a methyl group), -NO 2 (σp: +0.81), and the like. R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms 1, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the respective groups include the same examples as described above.

作為較佳的吸電子基,可列舉:氟、含氟芳基、含氟雜芳基、含氟烷基、經取代或未經取代的醯基、經取代或未經取代的酯基、經取代或未經取代的醯胺基、經取代或未經取代的磺醯基或者氰基。其原因在於,該些基團難以發生化學性分解。Examples of preferred electron withdrawing groups include fluorine, fluoroaryl, fluoroheteroaryl, fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl, substituted or unsubstituted ester, and Substituted or unsubstituted amido, substituted or unsubstituted sulfofluorenyl, or cyano. The reason is that these groups are difficult to chemically decompose.

作為更佳的吸電子基,可列舉:含氟烷基、經取代或未經取代的醯基、經取代或未經取代的酯基或者氰基。其原因在於,該些基團會帶來防止濃度消光、提昇發光量子產率的效果。尤佳的吸電子基為經取代或未經取代的酯基。More preferred electron withdrawing groups include fluorinated alkyl groups, substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl groups, substituted or unsubstituted ester groups, or cyano groups. The reason is that these groups bring the effects of preventing concentration extinction and increasing the luminescence quantum yield. Particularly preferred electron withdrawing groups are substituted or unsubstituted ester groups.

於表示所述有機化合物的通式(4)中,R5 及R6 中的至少一者較佳為吸電子基。其原因在於,可無損發光效率及色純度地提昇通式(4)所表示的有機化合物相對於氧的穩定性,其結果,可提昇所述有機化合物的耐久性。In the general formula (4) representing the organic compound, at least one of R 5 and R 6 is preferably an electron withdrawing group. This is because the stability of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) with respect to oxygen can be improved without impairing the luminous efficiency and color purity, and as a result, the durability of the organic compound can be improved.

另外,於表示所述有機化合物的Ar5 的通式(5)中,r更佳為吸電子基。其原因在於,可無損發光效率及色純度地進一步提昇通式(4)所表示的有機化合物相對於氧的穩定性,其結果,可大幅提昇所述有機化合物的耐久性。In the general formula (5) representing Ar 5 of the organic compound, r is more preferably an electron withdrawing group. The reason is that the stability of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) with respect to oxygen can be further improved without impairing the luminous efficiency and color purity, and as a result, the durability of the organic compound can be greatly improved.

作為通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的一個較佳例,可列舉以下情況:Ar1 ~Ar4 均分別可相同亦可不同,且為經取代或未經取代的烷基,進而Ar5 為通式(5)所表示的基團。該情況下,Ar5 尤佳為包含作為經取代或未經取代的苯基的r的、通式(5)所表示的基團。As a preferable example of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), the following cases may be mentioned: Ar 1 to Ar 4 may be the same or different, and are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and further Ar 5 Is a group represented by general formula (5). In this case, Ar 5 is particularly preferably a group represented by general formula (5) containing r as a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

另外,作為通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的另一個較佳例,可列舉以下情況:Ar1 ~Ar4 均分別可相同亦可不同,且為選自所述通式(6)中者,進而Ar5 為通式(5)所表示的基團。該情況下,Ar5 更佳為包含作為第三丁基、甲氧基的r的通式(5)所表示的基團,尤佳為包含作為甲氧基的r的通式(5)所表示的基團。In addition, as another preferable example of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), the following cases may be mentioned: Ar 1 to Ar 4 may be the same or different, and are selected from the general formula (6) Or, Ar 5 is a group represented by the general formula (5). In this case, Ar 5 is more preferably a group represented by the general formula (5) containing r as a third butyl group and a methoxy group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the general formula (5) containing r as a methoxy group. Represented groups.

以下示出通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的一例,但本實施形態的有機化合物並不限定於該些例子。An example of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) is shown below, but the organic compound of this embodiment is not limited to these examples.

[化7] [Chemical 7]

[化8] [Chemical 8]

[化9] [Chemical 9]

[化10] [Chemical 10]

[化11] [Chemical 11]

[化12] [Chemical 12]

[化13] [Chemical 13]

[化14] [Chemical 14]

[化15] [Chemical 15]

[化16] [Chemical 16]

[化17] [Chemical 17]

[化18] [Chemical 18]

[化19] [Chemical 19]

[化20] [Chemical 20]

[化21] [Chemical 21]

[化22] [Chemical 22]

[化23] [Chemical 23]

[化24] [Chemical 24]

[化25] [Chemical 25]

[化26] [Chemical 26]

[化27] [Chemical 27]

[化28] [Chemical 28]

[化29] [Chemical 29]

[化30] [Chemical 30]

[化31] [Chemical 31]

通式(4)所表示的有機化合物例如可藉由日本專利特表平8-509471號公報或日本專利特開2000-208262號公報中所記載的方法來製造。即,藉由使吡咯亞甲基化合物與金屬鹽於鹼共存下反應,可獲得作為目標的吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯合物。The organic compound represented by the general formula (4) can be produced, for example, by a method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Hei 8-509471 or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-208262. That is, the target pyrromethene-based metal complex can be obtained by reacting a pyrromethene compound with a metal salt in the presence of a base.

另外,關於吡咯亞甲基-氟化硼錯合物的合成,可參考「有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)」(vol.64,No.21,pp.7813-7819(1999))、「應用化學英文國際版(Angew.Chem.,Int.Ed.Engl.)」(vol.36,pp.1333-1335(1997))等中所記載的方法來製造通式(4)所表示的有機化合物。For the synthesis of pyrrole methylene-boron fluoride complex, please refer to "Journal of Organic Chemistry (J. Org. Chem.)" (Vol. 64, No. 21, pp. 7813-7819 (1999)) , "Applied Chemistry International Edition (Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl.)" (Vol. 36, pp. 1333-1335 (1997)), etc. to produce the formula (4) Organic compounds.

本發明實施形態的螢光體組成物除通式(4)所表示的有機化合物以外,視需要亦可適當含有其他化合物。例如,為了進一步提高自激發光向通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的能量遷移效率,亦可含有紅螢烯(rubrene)等輔助摻雜劑。另外,於欲摻加通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的發光色以外的發光色的情況下,可添加所期望的有機發光材料,例如:香豆素系色素、苝系色素、酞菁系色素、二苯乙烯系色素、花青系色素、聚苯系色素、若丹明系色素、吡啶系色素、吡咯亞甲基系色素、卟啉系色素、噁嗪系色素、吡嗪系色素等化合物。此外,除該些有機發光材料以外,亦可組合添加無機螢光體、螢光顏料、螢光染料、量子點等公知的發光材料。The phosphor composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may suitably contain other compounds in addition to the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), if necessary. For example, in order to further improve the energy transfer efficiency of self-excitation light to the organic compound represented by the general formula (4), an auxiliary dopant such as rubrene may be contained. In addition, when a light emitting color other than the light emitting color of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) is to be added, a desired organic light emitting material may be added, such as a coumarin-based dye, a fluorene-based dye, and phthalocyanine. Pigments, stilbene pigments, cyanine pigments, polybenzene pigments, rhodamine pigments, pyridine pigments, pyrromethylene pigments, porphyrin pigments, oxazine pigments, pyrazine pigments And other compounds. In addition to these organic light-emitting materials, known light-emitting materials such as inorganic phosphors, fluorescent pigments, fluorescent dyes, and quantum dots may be added in combination.

以下示出通式(4)所表示的有機化合物以外的有機發光材料的一例,但本發明並不特別限定於該些例子。An example of an organic light-emitting material other than the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) is shown below, but the present invention is not particularly limited to these examples.

[化32] [Chemical 32]

本發明實施形態的螢光體組成物中的通式(4)所表示的有機化合物的含量雖亦取決於有機化合物的莫耳吸光係數、螢光量子產率及激發波長中的吸收強度以及所製作的膜的厚度或透射率,但通常相對於螢光體組成物整體的重量而為10-5 重量百分比~10重量百分比,更佳為10-4 重量百分比~5重量百分比,尤佳為10-3 重量百分比~2重量百分比。Although the content of the organic compound represented by the general formula (4) in the phosphor composition according to the embodiment of the present invention also depends on the molar absorption coefficient of the organic compound, the fluorescence quantum yield, the absorption intensity at the excitation wavelength, and the production thickness or transmittance of the film, but generally with respect to the entire weight of the phosphor composition and 10-5% by weight to 10% by weight, more preferably 10-4% by weight to 5% by weight, particularly preferably 10 - 3 weight percent to 2 weight percent.

(溶媒) 本發明實施形態的螢光體片可包含溶媒。溶媒只要是可調整流動狀態的樹脂的黏度者,則並無特別限定。作為該溶媒,例如可列舉:甲苯、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、己烷、丙酮、萜品醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇單異丁酸酯(Texanol)、甲基溶纖劑、丁基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等。(Solvent) The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as the viscosity of the resin in which the flow state can be adjusted. Examples of the solvent include toluene, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, hexane, acetone, terpineol, and 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol. Isobutyrate (Texanol), methyl cellosolve, butylcarbitol, butylcarbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.

(其他成分) 本發明實施形態的螢光體片亦可含有用於塗佈膜穩定化的分散劑或調平劑、作為螢光體片的表面的改質劑的矽烷偶合劑等接著助劑等。(Other components) The phosphor sheet of the embodiment of the present invention may contain a dispersant or leveling agent for stabilizing the coating film, a silane coupling agent as a modifier of the surface of the phosphor sheet, and other adjuvants. Wait.

另外,本發明實施形態的螢光體片亦可含有微粒子。作為微粒子的例子,可列舉:矽酮微粒子或二氧化鈦、二氧化矽、氧化鋁、矽酮、氧化鋯、二氧化鈰、氮化鋁、碳化矽、氮化矽、鈦酸鋇等。另外,本發明實施形態的螢光體片為了降低100℃下的貯存彈性模數G',亦可含有含矽烷醇基的甲基苯基系矽酮樹脂作為加熱黏接劑。就容易獲取的觀點而言,可較佳地使用矽酮微粒子、二氧化矽微粒子、氧化鋁微粒子,尤其可較佳地使用矽酮微粒子。The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain fine particles. Examples of the fine particles include silicone fine particles or titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, silicone, zirconia, cerium oxide, aluminum nitride, silicon carbide, silicon nitride, barium titanate, and the like. In addition, in order to reduce the storage elastic modulus G ′ at 100 ° C., the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a silyl alcohol group-containing methylphenyl-based silicone resin as a heating adhesive. From the viewpoint of easy availability, silicone fine particles, silicon dioxide fine particles, and alumina fine particles can be preferably used, and silicone fine particles can be particularly preferably used.

藉由含有矽酮微粒子,本發明實施形態的螢光體片不僅接著性或加工性而且膜厚均勻性亦良好。尤其藉由使用平均粒徑(中值徑:D50)為0.1 μm以上、2.0 μm以下的矽酮微粒子,可獲得使用狹縫模塗佈機(slit die coater)時的噴出性優異、膜厚均勻性優異的螢光體片。By containing silicone fine particles, the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention has good adhesion and processability as well as uniform film thickness. In particular, by using silicone fine particles having an average particle diameter (median diameter: D50) of 0.1 μm or more and 2.0 μm or less, excellent ejection properties and uniform film thickness can be obtained when a slit die coater is used. Excellent fluorescent sheet.

矽酮微粒子的平均粒徑可與螢光體的平均粒徑同樣地藉由上述方法來測定。矽酮微粒子的平均粒徑的下限更佳為0.5 μm以上。另外,上限更佳為1.0 μm以下。The average particle diameter of the silicone fine particles can be measured by the above method in the same manner as the average particle diameter of the phosphor. The lower limit of the average particle diameter of the silicone fine particles is more preferably 0.5 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 1.0 μm or less.

矽酮微粒子較佳為包含矽酮樹脂及/或矽酮橡膠的微粒子。尤其較佳為藉由以下方法而獲得的矽酮微粒子:使有機三烷氧基矽烷或有機二烷氧基矽烷、有機三乙醯氧基矽烷、有機二乙醯氧基矽烷、有機三肟矽烷、有機二肟矽烷等有機矽烷進行水解,繼而進行縮合。該些之中,當使有機矽烷及/或其部分水解物進行水解・縮合來製造球狀有機聚倍半矽氧烷微粒子時,較佳為使用如日本專利特開2003-342370號公報中所報告的藉由將高分子分散劑添加至反應溶液內的方法而獲得的矽酮微粒子。The silicone fine particles are preferably particles containing a silicone resin and / or a silicone rubber. Particularly preferred are silicone microparticles obtained by the following method: organic trialkoxysilane or organic dialkoxysilane, organic triacetoxysilane, organic diacetoxysilane, and organic trioxime silicone And other organic silanes, such as organic dioxime silane, are hydrolyzed and then condensed. Among these, when the organic silane and / or a partial hydrolysate thereof is hydrolyzed and condensed to produce spherical organic polysilsesquioxane fine particles, it is preferably used as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-342370. The reported silicone fine particles obtained by a method of adding a polymer dispersant to a reaction solution.

另外,當製造矽酮微粒子時,亦可使用藉由以下方式而製造的矽酮微粒子:使有機矽烷及/或其部分水解物進行水解・縮合,在使於溶媒中作為保護膠體發揮作用的高分子分散劑及鹽存在於酸性水溶液中的狀態下,添加有機矽烷及/或其水解物而獲得水解物後,添加鹼來使縮合反應進行。In addition, when producing silicone microparticles, it is also possible to use silicone microparticles produced by hydrolyzing and condensing an organic silane and / or a part of the hydrolysate thereof, and having a high function as a protective colloid in a solvent In a state where a molecular dispersant and a salt are present in an acidic aqueous solution, an organic silane and / or a hydrolyzate thereof is added to obtain a hydrolysate, and then a base is added to cause a condensation reaction to proceed.

螢光體片中的矽酮微粒子的含量較佳為螢光體片整體的0.5重量%以上,更佳為1重量%以上。螢光體片中的矽酮微粒子含量的上限並無特別規定,就良好的機械物性的觀點而言,較佳為螢光體片整體的20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下。The content of the silicone fine particles in the phosphor sheet is preferably 0.5% by weight or more of the entire phosphor sheet, and more preferably 1% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the silicone fine particles in the phosphor sheet is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of good mechanical properties, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, and more preferably 10% by weight or less.

(基材) 基材為本發明的螢光體片的支撐體的一例。作為基材,並無特別限制,例如可使用公知的金屬、膜、玻璃、陶瓷、紙等。具體而言,可列舉:鋁(亦包括鋁合金)、鋅、銅、鐵等金屬的板或箔;乙酸纖維素、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(polyethylene terephthalate,PET)、聚乙烯、聚酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚苯硫醚、聚苯乙烯、聚丙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚乙烯基縮醛、聚芳醯胺(aramid)、矽酮、聚烯烴、熱塑性氟樹脂、四氟乙烯與乙烯的共聚物(ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene,ETFE)等塑膠的膜;包含α-聚烯烴樹脂、聚己內酯樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、矽酮樹脂及該些樹脂與乙烯的共聚合樹脂的塑膠的膜;層壓有所述塑膠的紙、或經所述塑膠塗佈的紙、層壓或蒸鍍有所述金屬的紙、層壓或蒸鍍有所述金屬的塑膠膜等。另外,於基材為金屬板的情況下,亦可對金屬板表面實施鉻系或鎳系等的鍍敷處理或陶瓷處理。(Substrate) The substrate is an example of a support of the phosphor sheet of the present invention. The substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, known metals, films, glass, ceramics, and paper can be used. Specific examples include: aluminum (also aluminum alloy), zinc, copper, iron and other metal plates or foils; cellulose acetate, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polyethylene Esters, polyamidoamine, polyamidoimide, polyphenylene sulfide, polystyrene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, polyvinyl acetal, aramid, silicone, polyolefin, thermoplastic fluororesin Film of plastics, such as ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene (ETFE); copolymers containing alpha-polyolefin resin, polycaprolactone resin, acrylic resin, silicone resin, and copolymer resins of these resins with ethylene Plastic film; paper laminated with the plastic, or paper coated with the plastic, paper laminated or vapor-deposited with the metal, plastic film laminated or vapor-deposited with the metal, and the like. In addition, when the base material is a metal plate, the surface of the metal plate may be subjected to a plating treatment such as chromium or nickel, or a ceramic treatment.

該些之中,就螢光體片的製作的容易度或螢光體片的單片化的容易度而言,可較佳地使用玻璃或塑膠膜。尤其就將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片時的密接性而言,基材較佳為柔軟的膜狀。另外,較佳為強度高的膜,以便在對膜狀的基材進行處理時無斷裂等之憂。就該些要求特性或經濟性的方面而言,較佳為塑膠膜。塑膠膜中,就經濟性、處理性方面而言,較佳為選自由PET、聚苯硫醚、聚丙烯所組成的群組中的塑膠膜。另外,於使螢光體片乾燥的情況或將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片時需要200℃以上的高溫的情況下,就耐熱性方面而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺膜。就螢光體片自基材的剝離容易度而言,亦可預先對基材的表面進行脫模處理。Among these, glass or a plastic film can be preferably used in terms of ease of production of the phosphor sheet or ease of singulation of the phosphor sheet. In particular, in terms of adhesiveness when a phosphor sheet is attached to an LED chip, the base material is preferably a soft film. In addition, a high-strength film is preferred so that there is no concern such as breakage when the film-shaped substrate is processed. In terms of these characteristics or economical requirements, a plastic film is preferred. Among the plastic films, a plastic film selected from the group consisting of PET, polyphenylene sulfide, and polypropylene is preferable in terms of economy and handling. In addition, when the phosphor sheet is dried or when a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher is required when the phosphor sheet is attached to the LED chip, a polyimide film is preferred in terms of heat resistance. Regarding the ease of peeling of the phosphor sheet from the substrate, the surface of the substrate may be subjected to a release treatment in advance.

基材的厚度並無特別限制,下限較佳為25 μm以上,更佳為38 μm以上。另外,上限較佳為5000 μm以下,更佳為3000 μm以下。The thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited, and the lower limit is preferably 25 μm or more, and more preferably 38 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5,000 μm or less, and more preferably 3,000 μm or less.

(其他層) 本發明實施形態的螢光體片亦可具備阻擋層。阻擋層可適宜地用於對螢光體片提昇阻氣性的情況等中。(Other layers) The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may include a barrier layer. The barrier layer can be suitably used in the case where the gas barrier properties of the phosphor sheet are improved.

作為對氧具有阻擋功能的阻擋層,例如可列舉:包含氧化矽、氧化鋁、氧化錫、氧化銦、氧化釔、氧化鎂等或該些的混合物、或者於該些中添加了其他元素的金屬氧化物的薄膜;或者包含尼龍、聚偏二氯乙烯、乙烯與乙烯基醇的共聚物等各種樹脂的膜等。Examples of the barrier layer having a barrier function against oxygen include silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, tin oxide, indium oxide, yttrium oxide, magnesium oxide, or a mixture of these, or metals in which other elements are added. Oxide films; films containing various resins such as nylon, polyvinylidene chloride, copolymers of ethylene and vinyl alcohol, etc.

另外,作為對水分具有阻擋功能的阻擋層,例如可列舉包含聚乙烯、聚丙烯、尼龍、聚偏二氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯與氯乙烯的共聚物、偏二氯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物、氟系樹脂等各種樹脂的膜。Examples of the barrier layer having a barrier function against moisture include polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon, polyvinylidene chloride, copolymers of vinylidene chloride and vinyl chloride, and copolymerization of vinylidene chloride and acrylonitrile. Of various resins such as resins and fluorine resins.

另外,本發明實施形態的螢光體片根據螢光體片所要求的功能,亦可進而具備具有抗反射功能、防眩功能、抗反射防眩功能、光擴散功能、硬塗層功能(耐摩擦功能)、抗靜電功能、防污功能、電磁波遮蔽功能、紅外線截止功能、紫外線截止功能、偏光功能、調色功能的輔助層。In addition, the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may further have an anti-reflection function, an anti-glare function, an anti-reflection and anti-glare function, a light diffusion function, and a hard coating function (resistant Friction function), anti-static function, anti-fouling function, electromagnetic wave shielding function, infrared cut-off function, ultraviolet cut-off function, polarizing function, auxiliary function of color correction function.

<螢光體片的製作方法> 以下,對本發明實施形態的螢光體片的製作方法的一例進行說明。再者,以下所說明的製作方法為一例,螢光體片的製作方法並不限定於此。<Method for Producing Phosphor Sheet> Hereinafter, an example of a method for producing a phosphor sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described. Note that the production method described below is an example, and the production method of the phosphor sheet is not limited to this.

首先,製作將螢光體分散於矽酮樹脂中而成的組成物(以下稱為「螢光體組成物」)來作為螢光體片形成用的塗佈液。將既定量的前文所述的矽酮樹脂、螢光體、以及視需要的矽酮微粒子等添加材及溶劑等混合。將所述成分以成為既定的組成的方式混合後,利用均質機、自轉公轉型攪拌機、三輥、球磨機、行星式球磨機、珠磨機等攪拌・混練機對該混合物均質地進行混合分散,藉此獲得螢光體組成物。First, a composition in which a phosphor is dispersed in a silicone resin (hereinafter referred to as a “fluorescent composition”) is prepared as a coating liquid for forming a phosphor sheet. A predetermined amount of the above-mentioned additives such as silicone resin, phosphor, and optional silicone fine particles, a solvent, and the like are mixed. After mixing the ingredients so as to have a predetermined composition, the mixture is homogeneously mixed and dispersed by using a homogenizer, a rotary revolution mixer, a three-roller, a ball mill, a planetary ball mill, and a bead mill. This gives a phosphor composition.

於混合分散後、或混合分散的過程中,亦可較佳地在真空或減壓條件下進行脫泡。另外,亦可事先混合某特定的成分,且可對製成的螢光體組成物施加老化等處理。亦可利用蒸發器,自混合分散後的混合物中將溶劑去除而調整為所期望的固體成分濃度。After mixing or dispersing, or during the process of mixing and dispersing, it is also preferable to perform defoaming under vacuum or reduced pressure. In addition, a specific component may be mixed in advance, and the resulting phosphor composition may be subjected to treatment such as aging. The solvent may be removed from the mixed and dispersed mixture by an evaporator and adjusted to a desired solid content concentration.

將藉由所述方法而製作的螢光體組成物塗佈於基材上,並使其乾燥,而製作螢光體片。塗佈可藉由反輥塗佈機(reverse roll coater)、刮刀塗佈機(blade coater)、狹縫模塗佈機、直接凹版塗佈機(direct gravure coater)、平版凹版塗佈機(offset gravure coater)、吻合式塗佈機(kiss coater)、天然輥塗佈機(natural roll coater)、氣刀塗佈機(air knife coater)、輥式刮刀塗佈機(roll blade coater)、雙流塗佈機(two-stream coater)、棒式塗佈機(rod coater)、線棒塗佈機(wire bar coater)、敷料器(applicator)、浸漬塗佈機(dip coater)、簾幕式塗佈機(curtain coater)、旋轉塗佈機(spin coater)、刀片塗佈機(knife coater)等來進行。為了獲得螢光體片的膜厚均勻性,較佳為利用狹縫模塗佈機進行塗佈。The phosphor composition produced by the above method is applied to a substrate and dried to produce a phosphor sheet. Coating can be performed by reverse roll coater, blade coater, slot die coater, direct gravure coater, offset gravure coater (offset gravure coater), kiss coater, natural roll coater, air knife coater, roll blade coater, dual flow coater Two-stream coater, rod coater, wire bar coater, applicator, dip coater, curtain coating It is performed by a curtain coater, a spin coater, a knife coater, and the like. In order to obtain the uniformity of the film thickness of the phosphor sheet, it is preferable to perform coating using a slit die coater.

螢光體片的乾燥可使用熱風乾燥機或紅外線乾燥機等一般的加熱裝置來進行。該情況下,乾燥條件通常為於40℃~250℃下進行1分鐘~5小時,較佳為於60℃~200℃下進行2分鐘~4小時。另外,亦可進行分步固化(step cure)等階段性乾燥。The phosphor sheet can be dried using a general heating device such as a hot air dryer or an infrared dryer. In this case, the drying conditions are usually performed at 40 ° C to 250 ° C for 1 minute to 5 hours, and preferably 60 ° C to 200 ° C for 2 minutes to 4 hours. In addition, stepwise drying such as step cure may be performed.

於製作螢光體片後,視需要亦可變更基材。該情況下,作為簡易的方法,可列舉使用加熱板進行基材的轉貼的方法、或者使用真空層壓機或乾膜層壓機進行基材的轉貼的方法等。After making the phosphor sheet, the substrate can be changed as needed. In this case, examples of a simple method include a method of transferring a substrate using a hot plate, or a method of transferring a substrate using a vacuum laminator or a dry film laminator.

<螢光體片的應用例> 藉由將本發明實施形態的螢光體片或其硬化物貼附於LED晶片的發光面上,可形成在LED晶片的表面積層有螢光體片的帶有螢光體片的LED晶片。對可應用本發明實施形態的螢光體片的LED晶片並無特別限制,可列舉側向式、垂直式、倒裝晶片式等的一般結構的LED晶片。作為此種LED晶片,尤其較佳為發光面積大的垂直類型及倒裝晶片類型的LED晶片。再者,所謂LED晶片的發光面,是指來自LED晶片的光被導出的面。<Application Example of Phosphor Sheet> By attaching a phosphor sheet or a cured product thereof according to an embodiment of the present invention to a light emitting surface of an LED chip, a band having a phosphor sheet on a surface area layer of the LED wafer can be formed. LED chip with phosphor sheet. The LED chip to which the phosphor sheet of the embodiment of the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include LED chips of a general structure such as a lateral type, a vertical type, and a flip chip type. As such LED wafers, vertical-type and flip-chip-type LED wafers having a large light emitting area are particularly preferred. The light-emitting surface of the LED wafer refers to a surface on which light from the LED wafer is led out.

此處,存在LED晶片的發光面為單一平面的情況、及並非單一平面的情況。作為單一平面的情況,可列舉主要僅具有上部發光面的LED晶片。具體而言,可例示:垂直類型的LED晶片,或利用反射層覆蓋LED晶片的側面而僅自上表面導出光的LED晶片等。另一方面,作為並非單一平面的情況,可列舉具有上部發光面及側部發光面的LED晶片、或具有曲面發光面的LED晶片等。Here, there are a case where the light emitting surface of the LED wafer is a single plane and a case where it is not a single plane. As a case of a single plane, an LED wafer which mainly has only an upper light emitting surface is mentioned. Specifically, an example is a vertical type LED wafer, or an LED wafer that covers the side surface of the LED wafer with a reflective layer and only emits light from the upper surface. On the other hand, examples of cases other than a single plane include an LED wafer having an upper light emitting surface and a side light emitting surface, an LED wafer having a curved light emitting surface, and the like.

該些LED晶片中,發光面並非單一平面的LED晶片可利用來自側部的發光而變亮,因此較佳。尤其就可增大發光面積、及LED晶片的製造製程容易而言,較佳為具有上部發光面與側部發光面的倒裝晶片類型的LED晶片。另外,亦可基於用以提昇LED晶片的發光效率的光學設計而對發光面的表面進行紋理加工。Among these LED chips, an LED chip having a light emitting surface other than a single plane can be brightened by light emission from the side portions, and is therefore preferred. In particular, a flip-chip type LED chip having an upper light-emitting surface and a side light-emitting surface is preferred in terms of increasing the light-emitting area and making the manufacturing process of the LED chip easy. In addition, the surface of the light emitting surface may be textured based on an optical design to improve the light emitting efficiency of the LED chip.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片可直接貼附於LED晶片上,亦可經由透明樹脂等接著劑進行貼附。就可使來自LED晶片的光直接入射至螢光體片而不會因反射等造成損失這一觀點而言,更佳為將本發明實施形態的螢光體片直接貼附於LED晶片上。藉此,可獲得顏色不均少、效率高且均勻的白色光。The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention may be directly attached to the LED chip, or may be attached through an adhesive such as a transparent resin. From the viewpoint that the light from the LED chip can be directly incident on the phosphor sheet without loss due to reflection or the like, it is more preferable that the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is directly attached to the LED chip. This makes it possible to obtain white light with low color unevenness, high efficiency, and uniformity.

藉由將利用該些方法而獲得的帶有螢光體片的LED晶片安裝於具備金屬配線等的配線基板並進行封裝化,可製作LED封裝。其後,藉由將所述LED封裝組裝至模組中,可適宜地用於各種照明、或以液晶背光、前燈為代表的各種發光裝置中。An LED package can be manufactured by mounting the LED chip with a phosphor sheet obtained by these methods on a wiring substrate provided with metal wiring, etc., and packaging. After that, the LED package is assembled into a module, and can be suitably used in various kinds of lighting, or various light-emitting devices typified by a liquid crystal backlight and a headlight.

圖1A、圖1B中示出本發明實施形態的LED封裝的適宜的例子。圖1A的(a)是貼附有螢光體片2的LED晶片1被設置於具備反射器4的安裝基板5,且藉由透明密封材3將LED晶片1的上表面部分密封而成者。A suitable example of the LED package according to the embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B. FIG. 1A (a) shows a case where the LED chip 1 to which the phosphor sheet 2 is attached is mounted on a mounting substrate 5 including a reflector 4 and the upper surface of the LED chip 1 is partially sealed with a transparent sealing material 3. .

圖1A的(b)是貼附有螢光體片2的LED晶片1被設置於具備反射器4的安裝基板5,且藉由透明密封材3將LED晶片1的上表面部分及側面部分密封而成者。FIG. 1A (b) shows that the LED chip 1 to which the phosphor sheet 2 is attached is installed on a mounting substrate 5 including a reflector 4, and the upper surface portion and the side portion of the LED wafer 1 are sealed by a transparent sealing material 3. Become.

圖1A的(c)是於圖1A的(b)所示的構成中不僅於LED晶片1的上表面,而且於側面亦貼附有螢光體片2而成者。該實施形態中,亦可藉由螢光體片2對來自LED晶片的側面的發光進行發光波長的轉換,因此較佳。進而,將透明密封材3的上表面形成為透鏡狀。FIG. 1A (c) is obtained by attaching a phosphor sheet 2 not only to the upper surface of the LED chip 1 but also to the side in the configuration shown in FIG. 1A (b). In this embodiment, it is also preferable to convert the emission wavelength from the side surface of the LED chip by the phosphor sheet 2. Furthermore, the upper surface of the transparent sealing material 3 is formed in a lens shape.

圖1A的(d)是貼附有螢光體片2的LED晶片1被設置於不具備反射器的安裝基板5,且藉由成型為透鏡狀的透明密封材3進行密封而成者。FIG. 1A (d) shows a case where the LED chip 1 with the phosphor sheet 2 attached thereto is mounted on a mounting substrate 5 having no reflector, and is sealed with a transparent sealing material 3 molded into a lens shape.

圖1A的(e)是於圖1A的(d)所示的構成中不僅於LED晶片1的上表面,而且於側面亦貼附有螢光體片2而成者。FIG. 1A (e) is obtained by attaching a phosphor sheet 2 not only to the upper surface of the LED chip 1 but also to the side in the configuration shown in FIG. 1A (d).

圖1A的(f)是於圖1A的(c)所示的構成中,作為LED晶片而使用倒裝晶片類型的LED晶片1,且螢光體片2以不僅於作為LED晶片1的發光面的上表面及側面、而且亦到達安裝基板5的上表面的方式進行貼附而成者。再者,於該構成中,螢光體片2亦可僅貼附於作為LED晶片1的發光面的上表面及側面。FIG. 1A (f) is a configuration shown in FIG. 1A (c), in which a flip chip type LED chip 1 is used as the LED chip, and the phosphor sheet 2 is not only used as the light emitting surface of the LED chip 1 The upper surface and side surfaces of the mounting substrate 5 are attached to the upper surface of the mounting substrate 5. In this configuration, the phosphor sheet 2 may be attached only to the upper surface and the side surfaces of the light emitting surface of the LED chip 1.

圖1B的(g)是於圖1A的(d)所示的構成中,將LED晶片1及螢光體片2的構成設為與圖1A的(f)所示的構成相同者。(G) of FIG. 1B shows the configuration shown in (d) of FIG. 1A, in which the configurations of the LED chip 1 and the phosphor sheet 2 are the same as those shown in (f) of FIG. 1A.

圖1B的(h)是LED晶片1以與具備反射器4的安裝基板5的不具有反射器4的部分完全吻合的方式設置,且於LED晶片1的上部經由接著劑8而貼附有與反射器4的間隔為同一寬度的螢光體片2,進而藉由透明密封材3進行密封而成者。(H) of FIG. 1B shows that the LED chip 1 is provided so as to completely fit the portion of the mounting substrate 5 having the reflector 4 without the reflector 4. The interval between the reflectors 4 is a phosphor sheet 2 having the same width, and is further sealed with a transparent sealing material 3.

圖1B的(i)是於圖1B的(h)所示的構成中,作為螢光體片2而使用帶有基材9的螢光體片2,且於不自螢光體片2剝離基材9的狀態下經由接著劑8貼附螢光體片2而成者。(I) of FIG. 1B is the structure shown in (h) of FIG. 1B. As the phosphor sheet 2, a phosphor sheet 2 with a substrate 9 is used and is not peeled off from the phosphor sheet 2. A state in which the phosphor sheet 2 is attached via the adhesive 8 in the state of the base material 9.

本發明實施形態的LED封裝並不限定於該些構成。例如,亦可為將圖1A的(a)~圖1B的(i)中所例示的各零件的構造適當組合而成的構成。另外,亦可為將圖1A的(a)~圖1B的(i)中所例示的各零件的結構置換為該些以外的公知零件而成的構成,或將圖1A的(a)~圖1B的(i)中所例示的構成與公知零件組合而成的構成。The LED package according to the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to these configurations. For example, it is good also as a structure which combined the structure of each component illustrated in (a) of FIG. 1A-(i) of FIG. 1B suitably. In addition, a configuration in which the structure of each component illustrated in (a) to (i) of FIG. 1A is replaced with other known components, or (a) to (a) to FIG. 1A The configuration exemplified in (i) of 1B is a combination of known components.

透明密封材3只要為成形加工性、透明性、耐熱性、接著性等優異的材料,則可為任意的材料。例如可使用環氧樹脂、矽酮樹脂(包含矽酮橡膠、矽酮凝膠等有機聚矽氧烷硬化物(交聯物))、脲樹脂、氟樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂等公知的材料。The transparent sealing material 3 may be any material as long as it is a material having excellent moldability, transparency, heat resistance, and adhesiveness. For example, known materials such as epoxy resin, silicone resin (including silicone polysiloxane cured products (crosslinked products) such as silicone rubber and silicone gel), urea resin, fluororesin, and polycarbonate resin can be used.

作為接著劑8,可使用可用作所述透明密封材的材料。As the adhesive 8, a material that can be used as the transparent sealing material can be used.

構成反射器4的材料並無特別限制,可列舉於透明密封材3中所使用的材料中添加有微粒子者等。作為微粒子,可列舉:二氧化鈦、二氧化矽、氧化鋁、矽酮、氧化鋯、二氧化鈰、氮化鋁、碳化矽、氮化矽、鈦酸鋇等。該些微粒子中,就容易獲取的觀點而言,可較佳地使用二氧化矽微粒子、氧化鋁微粒子、二氧化鈦微粒子。The material constituting the reflector 4 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those in which particles are added to the material used in the transparent sealing material 3. Examples of the fine particles include titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, silicone, zirconia, cerium dioxide, aluminum nitride, silicon carbide, silicon nitride, and barium titanate. Among these fine particles, silicon dioxide fine particles, alumina fine particles, and titanium dioxide fine particles can be preferably used from the viewpoint of easy availability.

<螢光體片的貼附方法、使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法> 接下來,對本發明實施形態的螢光體片向LED晶片的貼附方法、及本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法進行說明。<A method for attaching a phosphor sheet, and a method for manufacturing an LED package using the phosphor sheet> Next, a method for attaching a phosphor sheet to an LED chip according to an embodiment of the present invention, and a method using a phosphor according to an embodiment of the present invention A method for manufacturing the LED package of the light body sheet will be described.

本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的具有代表性的製造方法如後述般,有(1)將螢光體片切斷成單片後,貼附於個別的LED晶片上的方法(例如參照圖2的(a)~(f)),(2)將螢光體片統一貼附於晶圓上所形成的多個LED晶片(以下稱為「晶圓級的LED晶片」),然後統一進行晶圓的切晶與螢光體片的切斷的方法(例如參照圖3的(a)~(f)),但並不限定於該些方法。以下,一邊適當地參照圖2的(a)~(f)及圖3的(a)~(f),一邊對該些步驟進行說明。The representative manufacturing method of the LED package using the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is as described below. (1) The phosphor sheet is cut into a single piece and then attached to individual LED chips. (For example, refer to (a) to (f) of FIG. 2), (2) a plurality of LED chips formed by uniformly attaching a phosphor sheet to a wafer (hereinafter referred to as “wafer-level LED chips”) Then, the method of cutting the wafer and cutting the phosphor sheet in a unified manner (for example, referring to (a) to (f) of FIG. 3) are not limited to these methods. Hereinafter, these steps will be described with reference to (a) to (f) of FIG. 2 and (a) to (f) of FIG. 3 as appropriate.

(將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片上的步驟) 本發明實施形態的螢光體片是藉由於所期望的溫度下一邊進行加熱一邊進行加壓而貼附於LED晶片上。此為藉由加熱壓接的貼附。(Procedure for Adhering Phosphor Sheet to LED Chip) The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is attached to the LED chip by heating and pressing at a desired temperature. This is an application by thermal compression bonding.

加熱溫度較佳為60℃以上、250℃以下,更佳為60℃以上、160℃以下。藉由將加熱溫度設為60℃以上,用以增大室溫下的螢光體片的貯存彈性模數G'與貼附溫度下的螢光體片的彈性模數G'的差的樹脂設計變得容易。另外,藉由將加熱溫度設為250℃以下,可減小螢光體片的熱膨脹或熱收縮,因此可提高貼附的位置精度。The heating temperature is preferably 60 ° C or higher and 250 ° C or lower, and more preferably 60 ° C or higher and 160 ° C or lower. Resin for increasing the difference in storage elastic modulus G 'of the phosphor sheet at room temperature and the elastic modulus G' of the phosphor sheet at the attachment temperature by setting the heating temperature to 60 ° C or higher Design becomes easy. In addition, by setting the heating temperature to 250 ° C. or lower, the thermal expansion or thermal contraction of the phosphor sheet can be reduced, and thus the accuracy of the position of the attachment can be improved.

尤其於預先對螢光體片實施開孔加工,並與LED晶片上的既定部分進行對位的情況等時,貼附的位置精度重要。就提高貼附的位置精度的觀點而言,加熱溫度更佳為160℃以下。In particular, in the case where a hole is processed in advance on the phosphor sheet and alignment is performed with a predetermined portion on the LED chip, the position accuracy of the attachment is important. From the viewpoint of improving the accuracy of the placement position, the heating temperature is more preferably 160 ° C or lower.

作為用以對螢光體片進行加熱壓接的裝置,只要是可於所期望的溫度下進行壓接的裝置,則可利用現有的任意的裝置。於如圖2的(c)~(d)所示般對經單片化的螢光體片進行加熱壓接的情況下,例如可利用貼片機(mounter)或倒裝晶片接合機(flip chip bonder)等加熱壓接工具。As a device for thermally crimping a phosphor sheet, any existing device can be used as long as it can be crimped at a desired temperature. In the case where the singulated phosphor sheet is heat-pressed as shown in (c) to (d) of FIG. 2, for example, a mounter or a flip chip bonding machine (flip) can be used. chip bonder).

另外,於如圖3的(a)~(b)所示般對晶圓級的LED晶片統一貼附螢光體片的情況下,可利用真空層壓機或具有約100 mm~200 mm見方的加熱部分的加熱壓接工具。In addition, in a case where the phosphor sheet is uniformly attached to the wafer-level LED wafer as shown in (a) to (b) of FIG. 3, a vacuum laminator or a square having a size of about 100 mm to 200 mm can be used. Heating crimping tool for the heating part.

於任一情況下,均是於所期望的溫度下將帶有基材的螢光體片壓接於LED晶片而使螢光體片熱熔接,然後放置冷卻至室溫為止,並將基材自螢光體片剝離。本發明實施形態的螢光體片的25℃及100℃下的貯存彈性模數G'具有如前所述的關係,因此於熱熔接後放置冷卻至室溫為止後的螢光體片可牢固地密接於LED晶片上,同時容易自基材剝離。In either case, the phosphor sheet with the substrate is pressure-bonded to the LED chip at a desired temperature to thermally fuse the phosphor sheet, and then left to cool to room temperature, and the substrate Peeled from the phosphor sheet. The storage elastic modulus G ′ of the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention at 25 ° C. and 100 ° C. has a relationship as described above, and therefore, the phosphor sheet can be solid after being left to cool to room temperature after heat welding. The ground is tightly adhered to the LED chip, and at the same time, it is easily peeled from the substrate.

(將螢光體片切斷的步驟) 將螢光體片切斷的方法中有如下方法:於貼附至LED晶片前,預先切斷成單片的方法;以及對晶圓級的LED晶片貼附螢光體片後,與晶圓的切晶同時地將螢光體片切斷的方法。(Step for cutting the phosphor sheet) Among the methods for cutting the phosphor sheet, there are the following methods: a method of cutting into a single piece in advance before attaching to the LED chip; and a wafer-level LED chip A method of cutting a phosphor sheet simultaneously with dicing of a wafer after attaching the phosphor sheet.

如圖2的(a)~(f)所示,於貼附至LED晶片前將螢光體片切斷的情況下,藉由利用雷射的加工或利用刀具的切削來將均勻地形成的螢光體片加工成既定的形狀,並進行分割。利用雷射的加工因會對螢光體片賦予高能量,故視加工條件不同而有時會引起螢光體片中的樹脂的燒焦或螢光體的劣化。因此,作為螢光體片的切斷的方法,理想的是利用刀具的切削。As shown in (a) to (f) of FIG. 2, in the case where the phosphor sheet is cut before being attached to the LED chip, a uniformly formed one is formed by laser processing or cutting by a cutter. The phosphor sheet is processed into a predetermined shape and divided. Since processing with lasers imparts high energy to the phosphor sheet, depending on the processing conditions, the resin in the phosphor sheet may be burnt or the phosphor may be deteriorated. Therefore, as a method for cutting the phosphor sheet, it is desirable to use cutting by a cutter.

作為利用刀具的切削方法,例如有簡單的將刀具壓入而切割的方法、及利用旋轉刀切割的方法,可適宜地使用任一種方法。作為利用旋轉刀進行切斷的裝置,可適宜地利用被稱為切片機(dicer)的用於將半導體基板切斷(切晶)成個別的晶片的裝置。若使用切片機,則可藉由旋轉刀的厚度或條件設定來精密地控制螢光體片的分割線的寬度,因此,相較於藉由簡單的刀具的壓入來切斷螢光體片的情況,可獲得高加工精度。As a cutting method using a cutter, for example, there are a simple method of cutting by pressing the cutter into, and a method of cutting with a rotary blade, and any method can be suitably used. As a device for cutting with a rotary blade, a device for cutting (dicing) a semiconductor substrate into individual wafers, which is called a dicer, can be suitably used. If a microtome is used, the width of the dividing line of the phosphor sheet can be precisely controlled by the thickness or condition setting of the rotary knife. Therefore, the phosphor sheet can be cut compared with a simple pressing of a knife. In the case, high machining accuracy can be obtained.

於對與基材為積層狀態的螢光體片進行切斷時,可連同基材一起單片化,亦可將螢光體片單片化且不切斷基材。或者,亦可為將螢光體片單片化且在基材刻入不貫穿的切入線的狀態(所謂半切割(half cut)的狀態)。When cutting the phosphor sheet in a laminated state with the substrate, the phosphor sheet may be singulated together with the substrate, or the phosphor sheet may be singulated without cutting the substrate. Alternatively, the phosphor sheet may be singulated, and a cut line that is not penetrated may be engraved on the substrate (a so-called half cut state).

於將螢光體片連同基材一起單片化的情況下,可藉由所述方法將各單片的螢光體片貼附於LED晶片上。此時,可於貼附至LED晶片之前、亦可於貼附至LED晶片之後進行基材自螢光體片的剝離。另外,亦可不將基材自螢光體片剝離而保持殘留的狀態。When the phosphor sheet is singulated together with the base material, the phosphor sheet of each single sheet can be attached to the LED chip by the method described above. At this time, the substrate may be peeled from the phosphor sheet before being attached to the LED chip or after being attached to the LED chip. In addition, the substrate may be left in a state where it is not peeled from the phosphor sheet.

於將螢光體片單片化且不切斷基材、或者為所謂的半切割的狀態的情況下,可將各單片的螢光體片自基材剝離後藉由所述方法貼附於各別的LED晶片上。In the case where the phosphor sheet is singulated without cutting the substrate or in a so-called half-cut state, the phosphor sheet of each single sheet can be affixed by the method after being peeled from the substrate. On individual LED chips.

如圖3的(a)~(f)所示,於對晶圓級的LED晶片貼附螢光體片後,與晶圓的切晶同時地將螢光體片切斷的情況下,可藉由利用雷射的加工或利用刀具的切削而加工成既定的形狀並分割為經單片化的帶有螢光體片的LED晶片。該些切削方法中,較佳為利用刀具的切削。As shown in (a) to (f) of FIG. 3, after attaching a phosphor sheet to a wafer-level LED wafer, the phosphor sheet can be cut simultaneously with the dicing of the wafer. It is processed into a predetermined shape by laser processing or cutting with a cutter, and divided into singulated LED chips with phosphor sheets. Among these cutting methods, cutting by a cutter is preferred.

(使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法的具體例) 圖2的(a)~(f)是將螢光體片連同基材一起單片化並貼附於LED晶片的情況下的一系列步驟的一例。於圖2的(a)~(f)的步驟中,包括將螢光體片切斷成單片的步驟、及將該切斷成單片的螢光體片貼附於LED晶片上的步驟。(Specific example of manufacturing method of LED package using phosphor sheet) (a) to (f) of FIG. 2 are a case where the phosphor sheet is singulated together with the base material and attached to the LED chip. An example of a series of steps. The steps (a) to (f) of FIG. 2 include a step of cutting the phosphor sheet into a single piece, and a step of attaching the cut phosphor sheet to the LED chip. .

圖2的(a)是將與基材9為積層的狀態的螢光體片2固定於臨時固定片11上者。於圖2的(a)~(f)所示的步驟中,因螢光體片2與基材9均進行單片化,故以容易處理的方式固定於臨時固定片11上。接下來,如圖2的(b)所示般將螢光體片2與基材9切斷以進行單片化。(A) of FIG. 2 is a case where the phosphor sheet 2 in a state of being laminated with the base material 9 is fixed to the temporary fixing sheet 11. In the steps shown in (a) to (f) of FIG. 2, since the phosphor sheet 2 and the substrate 9 are singulated, they are fixed to the temporary fixing sheet 11 in an easy-to-handle manner. Next, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), the phosphor sheet 2 and the substrate 9 are cut to be singulated.

繼而,如圖2的(c)所示般於安裝在安裝基板5上的LED晶片1上,使經單片化的螢光體片2與基材9對位。然後,如圖2的(d)所示般使用加熱壓接工具12,於所期望的溫度下將螢光體片2壓接於LED晶片1。此時,較佳為以不使空氣混入至螢光體片2與LED晶片1之間的方式,於真空下或減壓下進行壓接步驟。於壓接後放置冷卻至室溫為止。Then, as shown in FIG. 2 (c), the singulated phosphor sheet 2 is aligned with the base material 9 on the LED wafer 1 mounted on the mounting substrate 5. Then, as shown in FIG. 2 (d), the phosphor chip 2 is crimped to the LED chip 1 at a desired temperature by using the heat crimping tool 12. At this time, it is preferable to perform the crimping step under vacuum or reduced pressure so that air is not mixed between the phosphor sheet 2 and the LED chip 1. After crimping, it was left to cool to room temperature.

接下來,如圖2的(e)所示般將基材9自螢光體片2剝離。此處,於基材9為玻璃等的情況下,亦可如圖2的(f)所示般不剝離基材9而保持殘留的狀態。Next, as shown in FIG. 2 (e), the substrate 9 is peeled from the phosphor sheet 2. Here, when the base material 9 is glass or the like, the base material 9 may be left as it is without being peeled off as shown in FIG. 2 (f).

圖3的(a)~(f)是對晶圓級的LED晶片統一貼附螢光體片後,統一進行晶圓的切晶與螢光體片的切斷的情況下的一系列步驟的一例。於圖3的(a)~(f)的步驟中,包括:將螢光體片統一貼附於晶圓上所形成的多個LED晶片上的步驟、及統一進行晶圓的切晶與貼附有螢光體片的LED晶片的單片化的步驟。(A)-(f) of FIG. 3 is a series of steps in the case where a wafer-level LED wafer is uniformly attached with a phosphor sheet, and then the wafer is cut and the phosphor sheet is uniformly cut. An example. The steps (a) to (f) of FIG. 3 include the steps of uniformly attaching a phosphor sheet to a plurality of LED wafers formed on a wafer, and uniformly dicing and attaching the wafer. Step of singulating an LED chip with a phosphor sheet.

如圖3的(a)所示,對於與基材9為積層的狀態的螢光體片2,預先不實施切斷加工。使該螢光體片2之側與表面形成有多個LED晶片(未圖示)的晶圓13對向,以進行對位。As shown in FIG. 3 (a), the phosphor sheet 2 in a state of being laminated with the base material 9 is not subjected to cutting processing in advance. The side of the phosphor sheet 2 is aligned with a wafer 13 on which a plurality of LED chips (not shown) are formed on the surface.

接下來,如圖3的(b)所示般利用加熱壓接工具12,於所期望的溫度下將螢光體片2統一加熱壓接於多個LED晶片。此時,較佳為以不使空氣混入至螢光體片2與LED晶片之間的方式,於真空下或減壓下進行加熱壓接步驟。於加熱壓接後放置冷卻至室溫為止。Next, as shown in FIG. 3 (b), the phosphor sheet 2 is uniformly heated and crimped to a plurality of LED wafers at a desired temperature by using a heat crimping tool 12. At this time, it is preferable to perform the heat-compression bonding step under vacuum or reduced pressure so that air is not mixed between the phosphor sheet 2 and the LED chip. After heating and compression bonding, it is left to cool to room temperature.

接下來,如圖3的(c)所示般將基材9自螢光體片2剝離後,對晶圓13進行切晶,同時將螢光體片2切斷以進行單片化。然後,如圖3的(d)所示般獲得經單片化的帶有螢光體片的LED晶片25。Next, as shown in FIG. 3 (c), after the substrate 9 is peeled from the phosphor sheet 2, the wafer 13 is sliced, and the phosphor sheet 2 is cut to be singulated. Then, as shown in FIG. 3D, a singulated LED chip 25 with a phosphor sheet is obtained.

另外,亦可代替圖3的(c)~(d)的步驟而如圖3的(e)所示般,不將基材9自螢光體片2剝離,且如圖3的(f)所示般,亦將基材9與螢光體片一同切斷以進行單片化。如此般,獲得經單片化的帶有基材及螢光體片的LED晶片26。該情況下,當基材9為玻璃等時,可不自螢光體片2剝離而直接使用。當基材9為塑膠膜時,可於將LED晶片26安裝於基板後,將基材9自螢光體片2剝離。Alternatively, instead of the steps of (c) to (d) of FIG. 3, as shown in FIG. 3 (e), the substrate 9 may not be peeled from the phosphor sheet 2, and as shown in FIG. 3 (f). As shown, the substrate 9 is also cut together with the phosphor sheet to be singulated. In this manner, the singulated LED chip 26 with the substrate and the phosphor sheet is obtained. In this case, when the base material 9 is made of glass or the like, it can be used as it is without peeling from the phosphor sheet 2. When the substrate 9 is a plastic film, the substrate 9 can be peeled from the phosphor sheet 2 after the LED chip 26 is mounted on the substrate.

於圖2的(a)~(f)及圖3的(a)~(f)的任一步驟中,於將螢光體片貼附於在上表面具備電極的LED晶片的情況下,均需要將與電極對應的部分的螢光體片去除。因此,較佳為於將螢光體片貼附至LED晶片之前,對螢光體片中的與該電極對應的部分預先進行開孔加工。本發明實施形態的螢光體片中可進行高精度的開孔加工。In any of the steps (a) to (f) of FIG. 2 and (a) to (f) of FIG. 3, when a phosphor sheet is attached to an LED wafer having an electrode on the upper surface, The phosphor sheet needs to be removed from the part corresponding to the electrode. Therefore, before attaching the phosphor sheet to the LED chip, it is preferable to pre-perforate a portion of the phosphor sheet corresponding to the electrode. The phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention can perform high-precision drilling processing.

即,於本發明實施形態的LED封裝的製造方法中,較佳為將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片的發光面的避開電極的部分上。That is, in the method for manufacturing an LED package according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable that the phosphor sheet is attached to a portion of the light-emitting surface of the LED chip that avoids the electrode.

開孔加工的方法並無特別限制,例如可適宜地使用雷射加工、模具沖孔等公知的方法。雷射加工視加工條件不同而有時會引起螢光體片中的樹脂的燒焦或螢光體的劣化。因此,更理想的是利用模具的沖孔加工。於實施沖孔加工的情況下,在將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片後無法進行沖孔加工,因此必須在將螢光體片貼附於LED晶片之前實施沖孔加工。The method of the hole processing is not particularly limited, and for example, a known method such as laser processing and die punching can be suitably used. Laser processing may cause burning of the resin in the phosphor sheet or deterioration of the phosphor depending on the processing conditions. Therefore, it is more desirable to use a die for punching. When punching is performed, punching cannot be performed after the phosphor sheet is attached to the LED chip. Therefore, punching must be performed before the phosphor sheet is attached to the LED chip.

於利用模具的沖孔加工中,根據LED晶片所具備的電極的形狀或大小等來設計模具,藉此可開出任意形狀或大小的孔。於大小為約1 mm見方的LED晶片中,為了不使發光面的面積變小,上表面的電極的大小較佳為500 μm見方以下。因此,對螢光體片施加的孔較佳為配合該電極的大小而為500 μm見方以下的大小。另外,當於LED晶片的上表面的電極與安裝LED晶片的安裝基板之間進行打線接合等時,該上表面電極需要具有某種程度的大小,例如成為至少約50 μm見方的大小。因此,對螢光體片施加的孔較佳為配合該電極的大小而為約50 μm見方的大小。In the punching process using a mold, a mold is designed according to the shape or size of an electrode included in the LED wafer, so that a hole of any shape or size can be opened. In the LED chip having a size of about 1 mm square, in order not to reduce the area of the light emitting surface, the size of the electrode on the upper surface is preferably 500 μm square or less. Therefore, the hole provided to the phosphor sheet is preferably a size of 500 μm square or less in accordance with the size of the electrode. In addition, when wire bonding or the like is performed between an electrode on the upper surface of the LED chip and a mounting substrate on which the LED chip is mounted, the upper surface electrode needs to have a certain size, for example, a size of at least about 50 μm square. Therefore, it is preferable that the hole provided to the phosphor sheet is approximately 50 μm square in accordance with the size of the electrode.

若對螢光體片施加的孔的大小遠大於電極的大小,則發光面露出而產生漏光,有LED封裝的顏色特性下降之憂。另外,若遠小於電極的大小,則於打線接合時有引線接觸螢光體片而引起接合不良之憂。因此,於螢光體片中的開孔加工中,較佳為以±10%以內的高精度加工出50 μm見方以上、500 μm見方以下的小孔。If the size of the hole applied to the phosphor sheet is much larger than the size of the electrode, the light-emitting surface is exposed and light leakage occurs, which may cause a decrease in color characteristics of the LED package. In addition, if it is much smaller than the size of the electrode, the lead may contact the phosphor sheet during wire bonding, which may cause poor bonding. Therefore, in the hole processing in the phosphor sheet, it is preferable to process small holes with a size of 50 μm or more and 500 μm or less with high accuracy within ± 10%.

當使實施了切斷加工、視需要的開孔加工的螢光體片與LED晶片的既定部分對位來進行貼附時,需要具有光學的對位(對準)機構的貼附裝置。此時,就作業而言,難以使螢光體片與LED晶片接近來進行對位。因此,就實用而言,經常於使螢光體片與LED晶片輕輕接觸的狀態下進行對位。When the phosphor sheet that has been subjected to the cutting process and the hole-opening process as required is aligned with a predetermined portion of the LED wafer for attachment, an attachment device having an optical alignment (alignment) mechanism is required. In this case, it is difficult to align the phosphor sheet and the LED chip in terms of work. Therefore, in practical terms, alignment is often performed in a state where the phosphor sheet and the LED wafer are lightly contacted.

此時,若螢光體片具有黏著性,則使螢光體片接觸LED晶片後再進行移動非常困難。相對於此,根據本發明實施形態的螢光體片,因於室溫下不具有黏著性,故容易於使螢光體片與LED晶片輕輕接觸的狀態下進行對位。At this time, if the phosphor sheet has adhesiveness, it is very difficult to move the phosphor sheet after contacting the LED chip. On the other hand, the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention does not have adhesiveness at room temperature, so it is easy to perform alignment in a state where the phosphor sheet and the LED chip are lightly contacted.

本發明實施形態的螢光體片在貼附於LED晶片後,可視需要利用烘箱等進一步進行加熱處理。藉由進行加熱處理,可使螢光體片與LED晶片的接著更牢固。After the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention is attached to the LED chip, it may be further subjected to a heat treatment using an oven or the like as necessary. By performing the heat treatment, the bonding between the phosphor sheet and the LED chip can be made stronger.

另外,當使貼附有螢光體片的LED晶片統一接合於安裝基板時,亦可進行藉由加熱壓接的接合,或利用回流焊而焊接於安裝基板。In addition, when the LED chip to which the phosphor sheet is attached is uniformly bonded to the mounting substrate, the bonding may be performed by heat compression bonding or soldering to the mounting substrate by reflow soldering.

作為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法的另一實施形態,對LED封裝的量產性的製造方法進行說明。首先,對帶有螢光體片的LED晶片的製造方法進行說明。作為將螢光體片貼附至LED晶片的方法,例如可列舉如圖4的(1)、(2)所示般將經單片化的螢光體片積層體14一個一個地貼附於各個LED晶片1上的方法。另外,可列舉如圖5的(1)、(2)所示般對多個LED晶片1統一貼附螢光體片2並將他們被覆後,對封裝基板15進行切割而將LED晶片1單個化的方法。As another embodiment of a method for manufacturing an LED package using a phosphor sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for mass-producing a LED package will be described. First, a method for manufacturing an LED wafer with a phosphor sheet will be described. As a method of attaching the phosphor sheet to the LED chip, for example, as shown in (1) and (2) of FIG. 4, the individualized phosphor sheet laminates 14 are attached one by one to Method on each LED wafer 1. In addition, as shown in (1) and (2) of FIG. 5, a plurality of LED chips 1 are collectively attached with phosphor sheets 2 and covered, and then the package substrate 15 is cut to separate the LED chips 1 individually. Method.

接下來,作為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法的又一實施形態,例示兩個方法。Next, as another embodiment of the manufacturing method of the LED package using a phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention, two methods are exemplified.

圖6的(a)~(f)表示第一個製造例。此為螢光體片所具備的基材具有流動性的情況下的較佳例。(A)-(f) of FIG. 6 shows a 1st manufacturing example. This is a preferable example in the case where the base material included in the phosphor sheet has fluidity.

如圖6的(a)所示般,經由雙面黏著帶17而將LED晶片1臨時固定於台座18上。如圖6的(b)所示般,以螢光體片2接觸LED晶片1的方式積層螢光體片積層體14。As shown in FIG. 6 (a), the LED chip 1 is temporarily fixed to the base 18 via the double-sided adhesive tape 17. As shown in FIG. 6 (b), the phosphor sheet laminate 14 is laminated so that the phosphor sheet 2 contacts the LED wafer 1.

如圖6的(c)所示般,將圖6的(b)的積層物放入至真空隔膜層壓機22的下部腔室20中後,一邊進行加熱一邊對上部腔室19及下部腔室20進行減壓。進行減壓加熱直至基材9發生流動為止,然後藉由經由吸氣口23將大氣吸入至上部腔室19而使隔膜21膨脹。然後,經由基材9對螢光體片2進行按壓,且以追隨LED晶片1的發光面的方式對該螢光體片2進行貼附。As shown in FIG. 6 (c), the laminate in FIG. 6 (b) is placed in the lower chamber 20 of the vacuum diaphragm laminator 22, and the upper chamber 19 and the lower chamber are heated while being heated. The chamber 20 is decompressed. Decompression heating is performed until the base material 9 flows, and then the diaphragm 21 is expanded by sucking the atmosphere into the upper chamber 19 through the suction port 23. Then, the phosphor sheet 2 is pressed through the base material 9, and the phosphor sheet 2 is attached so as to follow the light emitting surface of the LED wafer 1.

如圖6的(d)所示般,使上下腔室恢復成大氣壓後,自真空隔膜層壓機22中取出積層物,放置冷卻後將基材9自螢光體片2剝離。繼而,利用切粒機(dicing cutter)等將LED晶片間的切斷部位24切斷,製作經單片化的帶有螢光體片的LED晶片25。As shown in FIG. 6 (d), after the upper and lower chambers are returned to atmospheric pressure, the laminate is taken out from the vacuum diaphragm laminator 22 and left to cool, and the substrate 9 is peeled from the phosphor sheet 2. Then, a cutting site 24 between the LED wafers is cut by a dicing cutter or the like to produce a singulated LED wafer 25 with a phosphor sheet.

如圖6的(e)所示般,經由金凸塊(gold bump)7而使帶有螢光體片的LED晶片25接合於安裝基板15上的封裝電極16。藉由以上的步驟來製造如圖6的(f)所示般的LED封裝10。As shown in FIG. 6 (e), the LED chip 25 with a phosphor sheet is bonded to the package electrode 16 on the mounting substrate 15 via a gold bump 7. Through the above steps, the LED package 10 as shown in FIG. 6 (f) is manufactured.

圖7的(a)~(e)表示第二個製造例。此為螢光體片所具備的基材具有流動性的情況下的另一較佳例。(A)-(e) of FIG. 7 shows a 2nd manufacturing example. This is another preferred example when the base material included in the phosphor sheet has fluidity.

如圖7的(a)所示般,經由金凸塊7而使LED晶片1接合於安裝基板15上的封裝電極16。As shown in FIG. 7 (a), the LED wafer 1 is bonded to the package electrode 16 on the mounting substrate 15 via the gold bump 7.

如圖7的(b)所示般,以螢光體片2接觸LED晶片1的方式積層螢光體片積層體14。As shown in FIG. 7 (b), the phosphor sheet laminate 14 is laminated so that the phosphor sheet 2 contacts the LED wafer 1.

如圖7的(c)所示般,將圖7的(b)的積層物放入至真空隔膜層壓機22的下部腔室20中後,藉由與圖6的(a)~(f)的製造例相同的方法將螢光體片2貼附於LED晶片1的發光面上。As shown in FIG. 7 (c), the laminate in FIG. 7 (b) is placed in the lower chamber 20 of the vacuum diaphragm laminator 22, and then the same as in FIGS. 6 (a) to (f) In the same manner as in the production example, the phosphor sheet 2 is attached to the light-emitting surface of the LED chip 1.

如圖7的(d)所示般,使上下腔室恢復成大氣壓後,自真空隔膜層壓機22中取出積層物,放置冷卻後將基材9自螢光體片2剝離。繼而,將LED封裝之間的切斷部位24切斷來進行單片化。藉由以上的步驟來製造如圖7的(e)所示般的LED封裝10。As shown in FIG. 7 (d), after the upper and lower chambers are returned to atmospheric pressure, the laminate is taken out from the vacuum diaphragm laminator 22 and left to cool, and the substrate 9 is peeled from the phosphor sheet 2. Then, the cutting | disconnection part 24 between LED packages is cut | disconnected, and it is singulated. Through the above steps, the LED package 10 as shown in FIG. 7 (e) is manufactured.

<發光裝置、背光單元、顯示器> 本發明實施形態的發光裝置具備所述螢光體片。例如,該發光裝置具備LED封裝,所述LED封裝於LED晶片的發光面上具備所述螢光體片或其硬化物。<Light-emitting device, backlight unit, display> The light-emitting device according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the phosphor sheet. For example, the light emitting device includes an LED package, and the LED package includes the phosphor sheet or a cured product thereof on a light emitting surface of an LED chip.

本發明實施形態的背光單元為該發光裝置的一應用例。例如,該背光單元具備具有所述螢光體片或其硬化物的LED封裝。如此般構成的背光單元可用於顯示器、照明、內裝(interior)、標誌、指示牌等用途,尤其可適宜地用於顯示器或照明用途。The backlight unit according to the embodiment of the present invention is an application example of the light emitting device. For example, the backlight unit includes an LED package having the phosphor sheet or a cured product thereof. The backlight unit configured in this way can be used for displays, lighting, interiors, signs, signs, and the like, and is particularly suitable for display or lighting applications.

本發明實施形態的顯示器(例如液晶顯示器)為該背光單元的一適用例。例如,該顯示器具備具有所述螢光體片或其硬化物的LED封裝。 [實施例]A display (such as a liquid crystal display) according to an embodiment of the present invention is an application example of the backlight unit. For example, the display includes an LED package having the phosphor sheet or a cured product thereof. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例來具體地說明本發明。但是,本發明並不限定於該些實施例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples. However, the present invention is not limited to these examples.

<基材> BX9:經脫模處理的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜)「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9(東麗膜(Toray film)加工(股份)製造,平均膜厚為50 μm) <無機螢光體> ・螢光體1(YAG1): 根本發光材料(Nemoto Lumi-Materials)(股份)公司製造的「YAG81003」(YAG螢光體) ・螢光體2(β1): 電化(Denka)(股份)公司製造的「GR-SW532D」(β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體) 峰值波長:538 nm 平均粒徑(D50):16 μm ・螢光體3(KSF1): 根本發光材料(Nemoto Lumi-Materials)公司製造 KSF螢光體樣品A 平均粒徑(D50):50 μm。<Substrate> BX9: Released polyethylene terephthalate (polyethylene terephthalate film) "Cerapeel" BX9 (Toray film processing (shares ), Average film thickness is 50 μm) <Inorganic phosphor> > Phosphor 1 (YAG1): "YAG81003" (YAG phosphor) manufactured by Nemoto Lumi-Materials (Stock Corporation) ・ Phosphor 2 (β1): "GR-SW532D" (β-type silicon aluminum oxynitride phosphor) manufactured by Denka Co., Ltd. Peak wavelength: 538 nm Average particle diameter (D50): 16 μm ・ Phosphor 3 (KSF1): KSF phosphor sample A, manufactured by Nemoto Lumi-Materials, average particle diameter (D50): 50 μm.

<有機螢光體> 以下示出有機螢光體的合成例。核磁共振氫譜(1 H-nuclear magnetic resonance,1 H-NMR)是使用超導FTNMR EX-270(日本電子(股份)製造),於氘代氯仿溶液中進行測定。高效液相層析(high performance liquid chromatography,HPLC)是使用高效液相層析儀LC-10(島津製作所(股份)製造),於0.1 g/L的氯仿溶液中進行測定。作為管柱的展開溶媒,使用0.1%磷酸水溶液與乙腈的混合溶液。吸收光譜及螢光光譜分別是使用U-3200型分光光度計、F-2500型螢光分光光度計(均為日立製作所(股份)製造),於4×10-6 mol/L的二氯甲烷溶液中進行測定。<Organic Phosphor> A synthesis example of an organic phosphor is shown below. 1 H-nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 H-NMR) was measured in a deuterated chloroform solution using superconducting FTNMR EX-270 (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.). High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) was measured using a high performance liquid chromatography (LC-10) (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in a 0.1 g / L chloroform solution. As a column developing solvent, a mixed solution of a 0.1% phosphoric acid aqueous solution and acetonitrile was used. The absorption spectrum and the fluorescence spectrum are respectively a U-3200-type spectrophotometer and an F-2500-type fluorescent spectrophotometer (both manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) at 4 × 10 -6 mol / L in dichloromethane. The measurement was performed in the solution.

(合成例1) 以下,對合成例1的有機螢光體(T21)的合成方法進行說明。於有機螢光體(T21)的合成方法中,於氮氣氣流下且於室溫下將4-第三丁基苯甲醛12.2 g、4-甲氧基苯乙酮11.3 g、3 M氫氧化鉀水溶液32 ml與乙醇20 ml的混合溶液攪拌12小時。濾取所析出的固體,並利用冷乙醇50 ml清洗兩次。於真空乾燥後,獲得3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-1-(4-甲氧基苯基)丙烯酮17 g。(Synthesis Example 1) Hereinafter, a synthesis method of the organic phosphor (T21) of Synthesis Example 1 will be described. In a method for synthesizing organic phosphor (T21), under a nitrogen gas flow and at room temperature, 4-tert-butylbenzaldehyde 12.2 g, 4-methoxyacetophenone 11.3 g, 3 M potassium hydroxide A mixed solution of 32 ml of an aqueous solution and 20 ml of ethanol was stirred for 12 hours. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed twice with 50 ml of cold ethanol. After drying under vacuum, 17 g of 3- (4-third butylphenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) propenone was obtained.

繼而,於氮氣氣流下,對3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-1-(4-甲氧基苯基)丙烯酮17 g、二乙基胺21.2 g、硝基甲烷17.7 g與甲醇580 ml的混合溶液進行14小時加熱回流。將所得的溶液冷卻至室溫後進行蒸發。於藉由矽膠管柱層析進行精製並進行真空乾燥後,獲得3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-1-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4-硝基丁烷-1-酮16 g。Then, under nitrogen gas flow, 17 g of 3- (4-third-butylphenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) propenone, 21.2 g of diethylamine, 17.7 g of nitromethane and A mixed solution of 580 ml of methanol was heated under reflux for 14 hours. The resulting solution was cooled to room temperature and evaporated. After purification by silica gel column chromatography and vacuum drying, 3- (4-third butylphenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-nitrobutane-1 was obtained -Ketone 16 g.

繼而,於氮氣氣流下且於0℃下對甲醇230 ml與濃硫酸46 ml的混合溶液進行攪拌。緩慢滴加預先製備的、在氮氣氣流下對3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-1-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4-硝基丁烷-1-酮1.42 g、甲醇40 ml與四氫呋喃80 ml的混合溶液加入氫氧化鉀粉末1.12 g並於室溫下攪拌1小時而成者,於室溫下進而攪拌1小時。隨後,於冷卻至0℃為止後加入水50 ml,利用4 M氫氧化鈉水溶液進行中和,並利用二氯甲烷50 ml進行萃取。利用水30 ml將有機層清洗兩次,並利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後進行蒸發而獲得黏稠物。Then, a mixed solution of 230 ml of methanol and 46 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid was stirred at 0 ° C under a nitrogen gas stream. Slowly add 1.42 g of 3- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -1- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-nitrobutane-1-one prepared in advance under nitrogen flow, A mixed solution of 40 ml of methanol and 80 ml of tetrahydrofuran was added to 1.12 g of potassium hydroxide powder and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and further stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Subsequently, after cooling to 0 ° C, 50 ml of water was added, neutralized with a 4 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and extracted with 50 ml of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed twice with 30 ml of water, dried over sodium sulfate, and then evaporated to obtain a thick substance.

繼而,於氮氣氣流下且於100℃下對所得的黏稠物、乙酸銨1.54 g與乙酸20 ml的混合溶液進行1小時加熱回流。隨後,於冷卻至室溫後加入冰水,利用4 M氫氧化鈉水溶液進行中和,並利用二氯甲烷50 ml進行萃取。利用水30 ml將有機層清洗兩次,並利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後進行蒸發。於利用乙醇20 ml進行清洗並進行真空乾燥後,獲得4-(4-第三丁基苯基)-2-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯555 mg。Then, the obtained viscous substance, a mixed solution of 1.54 g of ammonium acetate and 20 ml of acetic acid were heated and refluxed for 1 hour under a nitrogen gas flow at 100 ° C. Subsequently, after cooling to room temperature, ice water was added, neutralization was performed with a 4 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and extraction was performed with 50 ml of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed twice with 30 ml of water, dried over sodium sulfate, and then evaporated. After washing with 20 ml of ethanol and vacuum drying, 555 mg of 4- (4-third-butylphenyl) -2- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrrole was obtained.

繼而,於氮氣氣流下對2-苯甲醯基-3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)吡咯357 mg、4-(4-第三丁基苯基)-2-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯250 mg、氧氯化磷138 mg與1,2-二氯乙烷10 ml的混合溶液進行9小時加熱回流。隨後,於冷卻至室溫後,加入二異丙基乙基胺847 mg、三氟化硼二乙基醚錯合物931 mg並進行3小時攪拌。注入水20 ml並利用二氯甲烷30 ml進行萃取。利用水20 ml將有機層清洗兩次,並利用硫酸鎂進行乾燥,然後進行蒸發。於藉由矽膠管柱層析進行精製並進行真空乾燥後,合成了以下所示的有機螢光體(T21)。Then, p- 2-benzylidene-3,5-bis (4-third-butylphenyl) pyrrole 357 mg, 4- (4-third-butylphenyl) -2- (4 -A mixed solution of 250 mg of methoxyphenyl) pyrrole, 138 mg of phosphorus oxychloride, and 10 ml of 1,2-dichloroethane was heated under reflux for 9 hours. Subsequently, after cooling to room temperature, 847 mg of diisopropylethylamine and 931 mg of boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex were added and stirred for 3 hours. Inject 20 ml of water and extract with 30 ml of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed twice with 20 ml of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated. After purification by silica gel column chromatography and vacuum drying, the organic phosphor (T21) shown below was synthesized.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3 (d=ppm)):1.18(s,18H), 1.35(s,9H), 3.85(s,3H), 6.37-6.99(m,17H), 7.45(d,2H), 7.87(d,4H)。 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d = ppm)): 1.18 (s, 18H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 6.37-6.99 (m, 17H), 7.45 (d, 2H) , 7.87 (d, 4H).

[化33] [Chemical 33]

(合成例2) 以下,對合成例2的有機螢光體(T22)的合成方法進行說明。於有機螢光體(T22)的合成方法中,於氮氣氣流下且於120℃下對4-(4-第三丁基苯基)-2-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯300 mg、2-甲氧基苯甲醯氯201 mg與甲苯10 ml的混合溶液進行6小時加熱。隨後,於冷卻至室溫後進行蒸發。於利用乙醇20 ml進行清洗並進行真空乾燥後,獲得2-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-5-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯260 mg。(Synthesis Example 2) Hereinafter, a synthesis method of the organic phosphor (T22) in Synthesis Example 2 will be described. In a method for synthesizing organic phosphor (T22), 4- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -2- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrrole 300 mg under nitrogen gas flow at 120 ° C A mixed solution of 201 mg of 2-methoxybenzidine chloride and 10 ml of toluene was heated for 6 hours. Subsequently, after cooling to room temperature, evaporation was performed. After washing with 20 ml of ethanol and vacuum drying, 2- (2-methoxybenzyl) -3- (4-thirdbutylphenyl) -5- (4-methoxybenzene Yl) pyrrole 260 mg.

繼而,於氮氣氣流下,將2-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-5-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯260 mg、4-(4-第三丁基苯基)-2-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯180 mg、甲磺酸酐206 mg及進行了脫氣的甲苯10 ml的混合溶液於125℃下進行7小時加熱。隨後,於冷卻至室溫後,注入水20 ml,並利用二氯甲烷30 ml進行萃取。利用水20 ml將有機層清洗兩次,並進行蒸發、真空乾燥。Then, under nitrogen gas flow, 2- (2-methoxybenzyl) -3- (4-third butylphenyl) -5- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrrole 260 mg, A mixed solution of 4- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -2- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrrole 180 mg, methanesulfonic anhydride 206 mg, and degassed toluene 10 ml was performed at 125 ° C. Heat for 7 hours. Subsequently, after cooling to room temperature, 20 ml of water was poured, and extraction was performed with 30 ml of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed twice with 20 ml of water, and evaporated and dried under vacuum.

繼而,於氮氣氣流下,對所得的吡咯亞甲基體與甲苯10 ml的混合溶液加入二異丙基乙基胺305 mg、三氟化硼二乙基醚錯合物670 mg,於室溫下攪拌3小時。隨後,注入水20 ml,並利用二氯甲烷30 ml進行萃取。利用水20 ml將有機層清洗兩次,並利用硫酸鎂進行乾燥,然後進行蒸發。藉由矽膠管柱層析進行精製,從而合成了以下所示的有機螢光體(T22)。Then, under a nitrogen gas stream, 305 mg of diisopropylethylamine and 670 mg of boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex were added to a mixed solution of the obtained pyrrole methylene body and 10 ml of toluene. Stir for 3 hours. Subsequently, 20 ml of water was injected, and extraction was performed with 30 ml of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed twice with 20 ml of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated. The organic phosphor (T22) shown below was synthesized by purification by silica gel column chromatography.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3 (d=ppm)):1.19(s,18H), 3.42(s,3H), 3.85(s,6H), 5.72(d,1H), 6.20(t,1H), 6.42-6.97(m,16H), 7.89(d,4H)。 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d = ppm)): 1.19 (s, 18H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 6H), 5.72 (d, 1H), 6.20 (t, 1H), 6.42 -6.97 (m, 16H), 7.89 (d, 4H).

[化34] [Chem 34]

(合成例3) 以下,對合成例3的有機螢光體(T23)的合成方法進行說明。於有機螢光體(T23)的合成方法中,於1,2-二氯乙烷30 ml中放入2-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)吡咯5.0 g、2,4-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)吡咯3.3 g、氧氯化磷1.5 g,於加熱回流下反應12小時。隨後,於冷卻至室溫後,加入二異丙基乙基胺5.2 g、三氟化硼二乙基醚錯合物5.6 g,進行6小時攪拌。加入50 ml的水,投入二氯甲烷後萃取有機層並進行濃縮,於藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析進行精製後進而進行昇華精製,從而合成了以下所示的有機螢光體(T23)。(Synthesis Example 3) Hereinafter, a synthesis method of the organic phosphor (T23) of Synthesis Example 3 will be described. In the synthesis method of organic phosphor (T23), put 2- (2-methoxybenzyl) -3,5-bis (4-th 5.0 g of tributylphenyl) pyrrole, 3.3 g of 2,4-bis (4-third butylphenyl) pyrrole, and 1.5 g of phosphorus oxychloride were reacted under heating and refluxing for 12 hours. Subsequently, after cooling to room temperature, 5.2 g of diisopropylethylamine and 5.6 g of boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex were added, and stirred for 6 hours. After adding 50 ml of water, the dichloromethane was extracted, and the organic layer was extracted and concentrated. After purification by column chromatography using silica gel, sublimation purification was performed to synthesize the organic phosphor (T23) shown below. .

1 H-NMR(CDCl3 (d=ppm)):1.07(s,9H), 2.13(s,6H), 2.39(s,6H), 6.47(t,4H), 6.63(s,8H), 6.75(d,2H), 7.23(d,4H), 7.80(d,4H)。 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d = ppm)): 1.07 (s, 9H), 2.13 (s, 6H), 2.39 (s, 6H), 6.47 (t, 4H), 6.63 (s, 8H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 4H), 7.80 (d, 4H).

[化35] [Chemical 35]

(合成例4) 以下,對合成例4的有機螢光體(T24)的合成方法進行說明。於有機螢光體(T24)的合成方法中,將3,5-二溴苯甲醛(3.0 g)、4-第三丁基苯基硼酸(5.3 g)、四(三苯基膦)鈀(0)(0.4 g)、碳酸鉀(2.0 g)放入燒瓶中,進行氮氣置換。於其中加入經脫氣的甲苯(30 mL)及經脫氣的水(10 mL),進行4小時回流。將反應溶液冷卻至室溫為止,並於分液出有機層後利用飽和食鹽水對其進行清洗。於利用硫酸鎂對該有機層進行乾燥並進行過濾後將溶媒蒸餾去除。藉由矽膠管柱層析對所得的反應產物進行精製,從而以白色固體的形式獲得3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)苯甲醛(3.5 g)。(Synthesis Example 4) Hereinafter, a synthesis method of the organic phosphor (T24) in Synthesis Example 4 will be described. In the method for synthesizing organic phosphor (T24), 3,5-dibromobenzaldehyde (3.0 g), 4-third butylphenylboronic acid (5.3 g), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium ( 0) (0.4 g) and potassium carbonate (2.0 g) were placed in a flask and replaced with nitrogen. Degassed toluene (30 mL) and degassed water (10 mL) were added thereto, and refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the organic layer was separated and washed with saturated brine. After the organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and filtered, the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 3,5-bis (4-tert-butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (3.5 g) as a white solid.

繼而,將3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)苯甲醛(1.5 g)與2,4-二甲基吡咯(0.7 g)放入反應溶液中,加入脫水二氯甲烷(200 mL)及三氟乙酸(1滴),於氮氣環境下攪拌4小時。隨後,加入2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基-1,4-苯醌(0.85 g)的脫水二氯甲烷溶液,進而攪拌1小時。於反應結束後,加入三氟化硼二乙基醚錯合物(7.0 mL)及二異丙基乙基胺(7.0 mL)並攪拌4小時,然後進而加入水(100 mL)進行攪拌,並分液出有機層。於利用硫酸鎂對該有機層進行乾燥並進行過濾後將溶媒蒸餾去除。藉由矽膠管柱層析對所得的反應產物進行精製,從而合成了以下所示的有機螢光體(T24)。Next, 3,5-bis (4-third butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (1.5 g) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (0.7 g) were put into the reaction solution, and dehydrated dichloromethane (200 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 drop), and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 hours. Subsequently, a solution of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (0.85 g) in dehydrated dichloromethane was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex (7.0 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (7.0 mL) were added and stirred for 4 hours, and then water (100 mL) was added for stirring, and The organic layer was separated. After the organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and filtered, the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel column chromatography, and an organic phosphor (T24) shown below was synthesized.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3 (d=ppm)):7.95(s,1H), 7.63-7.48(m,10H), 6.00(s,2H), 2.58(s,6H), 1.50(s,6H), 1.37(s,18H)。 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d = ppm)): 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.48 (m, 10H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 2.58 (s, 6H), 1.50 (s, 6H) , 1.37 (s, 18H).

[化36] [Chemical 36]

(合成例5) 以下,對合成例5的有機螢光體(T25)的合成方法進行說明。於有機螢光體(T25)的合成方法中,除代替2,4-二甲基吡咯而使用2,4-二甲基吡咯-3-羧酸乙酯作為吡咯原料以外,與合成例4同樣地合成有機螢光體(T25)。(Synthesis Example 5) Hereinafter, a synthesis method of the organic phosphor (T25) of Synthesis Example 5 will be described. The method for synthesizing organic phosphor (T25) was the same as that of Synthesis Example 4 except that instead of 2,4-dimethylpyrrole, ethyl 2,4-dimethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid was used as the raw material for pyrrole. Ground synthetic organic phosphor (T25).

[化37] [Chemical 37]

(合成例6) 以下,對合成例6的有機螢光體(T26)的合成方法進行說明。於有機螢光體(T26)的合成方法中,除代替4-第三丁基苯基硼酸而使用4-(甲氧基羰基)苯基硼酸作為硼酸原料以外,與合成例5同樣地合成有機螢光體(T26)。(Synthesis Example 6) Hereinafter, a synthesis method of the organic phosphor (T26) of Synthesis Example 6 will be described. In the method for synthesizing an organic phosphor (T26), an organic compound was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5 except that 4- (methoxycarbonyl) phenylboronic acid was used as a raw material for boronic acid instead of 4-thirdbutylphenylboronic acid. Phosphor (T26).

[化38] [Chemical 38]

<矽酮樹脂> 使用以下所述者作為矽酮樹脂。<Silicone resin> The following is used as the silicone resin.

・矽酮樹脂1(Si1): (A)成分:28.5重量份、(B)成分:5.7重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.35 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.3 (PhSiO3/2 )0.32 (HO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.4 (PhSiO3/2 )0.3 (C)成分 蓋里特(Gelest)公司製造的「HPM-502」(苯基甲基矽氧烷共聚物) (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 1 (Si1): (A) component: 28.5 parts by weight, (B) component: 5.7 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 Parts by weight (A) component (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.35 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.32 (HO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 ( PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.4 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.3 (C) Component "HPM-502" (phenylmethylsiloxane copolymer) (D) component platinum complex made by Gelest (1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) Platinum content is 5% by weight Reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi : Vinyl, Ph: phenyl.

・矽酮樹脂2(Si2): (A)成分:28.5重量份、(B)成分:5.7重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.01 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.34 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.3 (PhSiO3/2 )0.32 (SiO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.4 (PhSiO3/2 )0.3 (C)成分 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 2 (Si2): (A) component: 28.5 parts by weight, (B) component: 5.7 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 (A) parts by weight (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.01 (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.34 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.32 (SiO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component ( Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 (PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.4 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.3 (C) component (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (D) component platinum complex (1,3-divinyl -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) platinum content is 5% by weight reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl .

・矽酮樹脂3(Si3): (A)成分:28.5重量份、(B)成分:5.7重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.01 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.3 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.33 (PhSiO3/2 )0.33 (SiO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.4 (PhSiO3/2 )0.3 (C)成分 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 3 (Si3): (A) component: 28.5 parts by weight, (B) component: 5.7 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 (A) parts by weight (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.01 (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.33 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.33 (SiO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component ( Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 (PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.4 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.3 (C) component (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (D) component platinum complex (1,3-divinyl -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) platinum content is 5% by weight reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl .

・矽酮樹脂4(Si4): (A)成分:28.5重量份、(B)成分:5.7重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.01 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.2 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.38 (PhSiO3/2 )0.38 (SiO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.4 (PhSiO3/2 )0.3 (C)成分 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 4 (Si4): (A) component: 28.5 parts by weight, (B) component: 5.7 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 Parts by weight (A) component (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.01 (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.2 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.38 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.38 (SiO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component ( Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 (PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.4 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.3 (C) component (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (D) component platinum complex (1,3-divinyl -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) platinum content is 5% by weight reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl .

・矽酮樹脂5(Si5): (A)成分:28.5重量份、(B)成分:5.7重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.01 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.34 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.3 (PhSiO3/2 )0.32 (SiO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.5 (PhSiO3/2 )0.2 (C)成分 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 5 (Si5): (A) component: 28.5 parts by weight, (B) component: 5.7 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 (A) parts by weight (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.01 (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.34 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.32 (SiO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component ( Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 (PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.5 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.2 (C) component (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (D) component platinum complex (1,3-divinyl -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) platinum content is 5% by weight reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl .

・矽酮樹脂6(Si6): (A)成分:31.4重量份、(B)成分:2.8重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.01 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.34 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.3 (PhSiO3/2 )0.32 (SiO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.4 (PhSiO3/2 )0.3 (C)成分 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 6 (Si6): (A) component: 31.4 parts by weight, (B) component: 2.8 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 (A) parts by weight (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.01 (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.34 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.32 (SiO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component ( Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 (PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.4 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.3 (C) component (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (D) component platinum complex (1,3-divinyl -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) platinum content is 5% by weight reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl .

・矽酮樹脂7(Si7): (A)成分:17.4重量份、(B)成分:16.8重量份、(C)成分:66.0重量份、(D)成分:0.03重量份、反應抑制劑:0.025重量份 (A)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.01 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.34 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.3 (PhSiO3/2 )0.32 (SiO4/2 )0.03 (B)成分 (Me3 SiO1/2 )0.3 (PhViSiO2/2 )0.4 (PhSiO3/2 )0.3 (C)成分 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (D)成分 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液)鉑含量為5重量% 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基。・ Silicone resin 7 (Si7): (A) component: 17.4 parts by weight, (B) component: 16.8 parts by weight, (C) component: 66.0 parts by weight, (D) component: 0.03 part by weight, reaction inhibitor: 0.025 (A) parts by weight (Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.01 (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.34 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.32 (SiO 4/2 ) 0.03 (B) component ( Me 3 SiO 1/2 ) 0.3 (PhViSiO 2/2 ) 0.4 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.3 (C) component (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (D) component platinum complex (1,3-divinyl -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) platinum content is 5% by weight reaction inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl .

・矽酮樹脂8(Si8):OE6630(東麗道康寧(Toray・Dow Corning)矽酮)。・ Silicone resin 8 (Si8): OE6630 (Toray ・ Dow Corning silicone).

・矽酮樹脂9(Si9): 樹脂主成分16.7重量份、硬度調整劑16.7重量份、交聯劑66.7重量份、反應抑制劑0.025重量份、鉑觸媒0.03重量份 用以調配矽酮樹脂的成分 樹脂主成分 (MeViSiO2/2 )0.25 (Ph2 SiO2/2 )0.3 (PhSiO3/2 )0.45 (HO1/2 )0.03 (相當於(A)成分) 硬度調整劑 ViMe2 SiO(MePhSiO)17.5 SiMe2 Vi (相當於(B)成分) 交聯劑 (HMe2 SiO)2 SiPh2 (相當於(C)成分) ※其中,Me:甲基、Vi:乙烯基、Ph:苯基 反應抑制劑 1-乙炔基己醇 鉑觸媒 鉑錯合物(1,3-二乙烯基-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷溶液) 鉑含量為5重量% (相當於(D)成分)。・ Silicone resin 9 (Si9): 16.7 parts by weight of the main component of the resin, 16.7 parts by weight of the hardness modifier, 66.7 parts by weight of the crosslinking agent, 0.025 parts by weight of the reaction inhibitor, and 0.03 parts by weight of the platinum catalyst. Ingredient resin main component (MeViSiO 2/2 ) 0.25 (Ph 2 SiO 2/2 ) 0.3 (PhSiO 3/2 ) 0.45 (HO 1/2 ) 0.03 (equivalent to component (A)) hardness modifier ViMe 2 SiO (MePhSiO ) 17.5 SiMe 2 Vi (corresponding to (B) component) Crosslinker (HMe 2 SiO) 2 SiPh 2 (corresponding to (C) component) ※ Among them, Me: methyl, Vi: vinyl, Ph: phenyl reaction Inhibitor 1-ethynylhexanol platinum catalyst platinum complex (1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisilaxane solution) Platinum content is 5 wt% (equivalent (D) ingredients).

<矽酮微粒子> 於2 L的四口圓底燒瓶上安裝攪拌機、溫度計、回流管、滴液漏斗。於該燒瓶中放入2 L的含有1 ppm的作為界面活性劑的聚醚改質矽氧烷「畢克(BYK)333」的2.5%的氨水,一邊以300 rpm攪拌一邊利用油浴進行昇溫。於內溫達到50℃時,歷時30分鐘自滴液漏斗滴加甲基三甲氧基矽烷(MTM)與苯基三甲氧基矽烷(PhTM)的混合物(MTH/PhTM=23 mol%/77 mol%)200 g。保持該溫度而進一步繼續攪拌60分鐘後,添加乙酸(特級試劑)約5 g。對混合物進行攪拌後進行過濾,從而於過濾器上獲得粒子。利用600 mL的水將該粒子清洗兩次,且利用200 mL的甲醇將該粒子清洗一次,並分別進行過濾。取出過濾器上的濾餅(cake)並加以粉碎後,歷時10小時進行冷凍乾燥,藉此獲得白色粉末60 g。對所得的白色粉末利用SEM進行觀察,結果為單分散球狀的微粒子。藉由浸液法來測定該微粒子的折射率,結果為1.54。藉由使用穿透式電子顯微鏡(transmission electron microscope,TEM)的剖面TEM對該微粒子進行觀察,結果可確認到其是粒子內為單一結構的微粒子。<Silicone fine particles> A 2 L four-neck round bottom flask was equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux tube, and a dropping funnel. Put 2 L of 2.5% ammonia water containing 1 ppm of polyether-modified silicone "BYK" 333 as a surfactant into this flask, and heat up in an oil bath while stirring at 300 rpm . When the internal temperature reached 50 ° C, a mixture of methyltrimethoxysilane (MTM) and phenyltrimethoxysilane (PhTM) was added dropwise from the dropping funnel over 30 minutes (MTH / PhTM = 23 mol% / 77 mol% ) 200 g. After maintaining the temperature for 60 minutes, about 5 g of acetic acid (special grade reagent) was added. The mixture was stirred and then filtered to obtain particles on the filter. The particles were washed twice with 600 mL of water, and once with 200 mL of methanol, and filtered separately. The cake on the filter was taken out and pulverized, and freeze-dried for 10 hours to obtain 60 g of a white powder. Observation of the obtained white powder by SEM revealed monodisperse spherical fine particles. The refractive index of the fine particles was measured by the immersion method, and it was 1.54. The microparticles were observed with a cross-section TEM using a transmission electron microscope (TEM). As a result, they were confirmed to be microparticles having a single structure within the particles.

<動態彈性模數測定> 針對所得的螢光體片,以直徑20 mm的圓形進行切取,將基材剝離後,使用以下的裝置測定貯存彈性模數。<Dynamic Elastic Modulus Measurement> The obtained phosphor sheet was cut out in a circular shape having a diameter of 20 mm, and after the substrate was peeled off, the storage elastic modulus was measured using the following apparatus.

測定裝置:黏度・黏彈性測定裝置HAAKE MARSIII (賽默飛世爾科技(Thermo Fisher SCIENTIFIC)製造) 測定條件:OSC溫度依存測定 幾何形狀:平行圓板型(20 mm) 測定時間:1980秒 角頻率:1 Hz 角速度:6.2832 rad/sec 溫度範圍:25℃~200℃(有低溫溫度控制功能) 昇溫速度:0.08333℃/sec 樣品形狀:圓形(直徑為18 mm)。Measuring device: Viscosity and viscoelasticity measuring device HAAKE MARSIII (manufactured by Thermo Fisher SCIENTIFIC) Measuring conditions: OSC temperature-dependent measuring geometry: Parallel disc type (20 mm) Measuring time: 1980 second angular frequency: 1 Hz angular velocity: 6.2832 rad / sec temperature range: 25 ℃ ~ 200 ℃ (with low temperature control function) heating rate: 0.08333 ℃ / sec sample shape: round (18 mm diameter).

<切斷加工性評價> 針對所得的螢光體片,使用切割裝置「GCUT」(UHT公司製造)切割成1 mm×0.3 mm見方,從而製作100個單片的螢光體片。利用光學顯微鏡對單片的螢光體片進行觀察,對在周緣部具有裂縫或缺口的樣品的個數進行計數。周緣部具有裂縫或缺口的樣品的個數越少,表示切斷加工性越優異。若評價為B以上,則為實用上優異。 S:0個 切斷加工性非常良好 A:1個以上、3個以下 切斷加工性良好 B:4個以上、10個以下 切斷加工性在實用上無問題 C:11個以上、30個以下 切斷加工性差 D:31個以上 切斷加工性非常差。<Evaluation of cutting processability> The obtained phosphor sheet was cut into 1 mm × 0.3 mm squares using a cutting device “GCUT” (manufactured by UHT Co., Ltd.) to prepare 100 single-piece phosphor sheets. A single phosphor sheet was observed with an optical microscope, and the number of samples having cracks or notches in the peripheral portion was counted. The smaller the number of samples having cracks or notches in the peripheral portion, the better the cutting workability. When it is evaluated as B or more, it is practically excellent. S: 0 cutting processability is very good A: 1 or more, 3 or less cutting processability is good B: 4 or more, 10 cutting processability is practically no problem C: 11 or more, 30 The following cutting workability was poor D: 31 or more cutting workability was very poor.

<LED封裝的製造方法> 針對所得的螢光體片,使用切割裝置「GCUT」(UHT公司製造)切割成1 mm×0.3 mm見方,從而製作100個單片的螢光體片。使用倒裝晶片接合裝置(東麗工程(Toray Engineering)製造),藉由筒夾對單片的螢光體片進行真空吸附而將其自基材剝離。將經剝離的單片的螢光體片於以下的貼附條件下貼附於安裝有倒裝晶片型LED晶片的LED封裝的LED晶片表面。將所得的封裝連接至直流電源而使其點燈,對其是否點燈進行確認。<Manufacturing method of LED package> The obtained phosphor sheet was cut into 1 mm × 0.3 mm squares using a cutting device “GCUT” (manufactured by UHT Co., Ltd.) to produce 100 single-piece phosphor sheets. Using a flip-chip bonding apparatus (manufactured by Toray Engineering), a single phosphor sheet was vacuum-adsorbed by a collet to peel it from the substrate. The peeled single-piece phosphor sheet was attached to the surface of an LED chip of an LED package in which a flip-chip type LED chip was mounted under the following attaching conditions. The obtained package was connected to a DC power source and turned on, and it was confirmed whether or not it was turned on.

(貼附條件) 加熱條件:140℃ 加壓條件:80 N 加壓時間:20秒。(Attachment conditions) Heating conditions: 140 ° C Pressing conditions: 80 N Pressing time: 20 seconds.

<接著性評價> 使用所得的LED封裝,將鑷子放入LED晶片與螢光體片的界面中後,利用鑷子將螢光體片提起,對LED晶片與螢光體片的接著性進行確認。接著性良好的樣品中,螢光體片即便被鑷子提起亦不會發生剝離。接著性差的樣品中,螢光體片自LED晶片剝落。利用光學顯微鏡進行觀察,對存在剝落的樣品的個數進行計數。產生了剝落的樣品的個數越少,表示接著性越優異。若評價為B以上,則為實用上優異。 S:0個 接著性非常良好 A:1個以上、5個以下 接著性良好 B:6個以上、10個以下 接著性在實用上無問題 C:11個以上、30個以下 接著性差 D:31個以上 接著性非常差。<Adhesion Evaluation> Using the obtained LED package, tweezers were placed in the interface between the LED chip and the phosphor sheet, and then the phosphor sheet was lifted up with tweezers to confirm the adhesiveness between the LED chip and the phosphor sheet. In the sample with good adhesion, the phosphor sheet did not peel even when lifted by tweezers. In the sample with poor adhesion, the phosphor sheet was peeled from the LED chip. Observation was performed with an optical microscope, and the number of samples with peeling was counted. The smaller the number of samples where peeling occurred, the better the adhesion. When it is evaluated as B or more, it is practically excellent. S: 0 adhesiveness is very good A: 1 or more and 5 or less good adhesiveness B: 6 or more and 10 or less adhesiveness is practically no problem C: 11 or more and 30 or less poor adhesion D: 31 The adhesion is very poor.

<總光通量測定> 對所製作的LED封裝投入1 W的電力而使LED晶片點燈,使用總光通量測定系統(HM-3000,大塚電子公司製造)來測定總光通量(lm)。計算將比較例1中的總光通量設為100時的相對的亮度。<Total Luminous Flux Measurement> The LED package was lighted by applying 1 W of power to the produced LED package, and the total luminous flux (lm) was measured using a total luminous flux measurement system (HM-3000, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Corporation). The relative brightness when the total luminous flux in Comparative Example 1 was set to 100 was calculated.

(實施例1)(矽酮組成物的效果) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂1(Si1)18.0 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)42.0 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物1。(Example 1) (Effect of silicone composition) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 18.0 g of silicone resin 1 (Si1) and 42.0 g of phosphor 1 (YAG1) as an inorganic phosphor were added. And 2.5 g of butylcarbitol and mixed. After that, using a planetary stirring / defoaming device, stirring and defoaming were performed at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 1.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物1,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表1中。可獲得切斷加工性良好、接著性亦提昇的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 1 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 1. As a result, good cutting workability and improved adhesion can be obtained, and relative brightness can be improved.

(實施例2)(矽酮樹脂的變更) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si2以外,藉由與實施例1相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表1中。如表1所示,根據實施例2的評價結果可知,若為本發明實施形態的螢光體片,則切斷加工性與接著性良好。另外可知,相對亮度亦提昇。Example 2 (Change of Silicone Resin) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 1 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si2. Thereafter, an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 1. As shown in Table 1, from the evaluation results of Example 2, it can be seen that the phosphor sheet according to the embodiment of the present invention has good cutting workability and adhesiveness. It can also be seen that the relative brightness is also improved.

(比較例1) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si8以外,藉由與實施例1相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表1中。如表1所示,於比較例1中,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。(Comparative Example 1) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 1 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si8, and then an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 1. As shown in Table 1, in Comparative Example 1, although cutting workability was not a practical problem, the adhesiveness was not improved.

(實施例3)(矽酮樹脂的變更、添加矽酮微粒子) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)17.0 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)42.0 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物3。(Example 3) (Change of silicone resin, addition of silicone fine particles) A polyethylene container having a volume of 100 ml was used, and 17.0 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 (as an inorganic phosphor) was added. YAG1) 42.0 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times using a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 3.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物3,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表1中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 3 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 1. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例4~實施例8)(矽酮組成物的變更) 除如表1所示般將矽酮樹脂分別變更為Si3~Si7以外,藉由與實施例3相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表1中。如表1所示,根據實施例4~實施例8的評價結果可知,若為本發明實施形態的螢光體片,則切斷加工性良好,且接著性亦提昇。另外可知,相對亮度亦提昇。(Example 4 to Example 8) (Change of silicone composition) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 3 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si3 to Si7 as shown in Table 1. Then, an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 1. As shown in Table 1, from the evaluation results of Examples 4 to 8, it can be seen that if the phosphor sheet is an embodiment of the present invention, the cutting workability is good, and the adhesiveness is also improved. It can also be seen that the relative brightness is also improved.

(比較例2) 除如表1所示般將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9以外,藉由與實施例3相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表1中。於比較例2中,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。另外,亮度亦未得到提昇。(Comparative Example 2) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 3, except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9 as shown in Table 1. Thereafter, an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 1. In Comparative Example 2, although cutting workability was not a practical problem, the adhesiveness was not improved. In addition, the brightness has not been improved.

(實施例9)(將樹脂含量變更為10.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)5.96 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)53.6 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物11。(Example 9) (Change the resin content to 10.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 5.96 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 (YAG1) as an inorganic phosphor was added. 53.6 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 11.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物11,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表2中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 11 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 2. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例10)(將樹脂含量變更為70.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)42.4 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)17.5 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物12。(Example 10) (Change the resin content to 70.0% by weight) A polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml was used, and 42.4 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 (YAG1) as an inorganic phosphor was added. 17.5 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 12.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物12,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表2中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 12 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 2. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例11)(將樹脂含量變更為85.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)52.5 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)8.6 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物13。(Example 11) (Change the resin content to 85.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 52.5 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 (YAG1) as an inorganic phosphor was added. 8.6 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, using a planetary agitation defoaming device, stirring and defoaming were performed at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 13.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物13,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表2中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 13 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 2. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例12)(將矽酮微粒子含量變更為0.5重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)17.0 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)42.0 g、矽酮微粒子0.3 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物14。(Example 12) (Change the content of silicone fine particles to 0.5% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 17.0 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 (as an inorganic phosphor) YAG1) 42.0 g, silicone fine particles 0.3 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. After that, using a planetary stirring / defoaming device, stirring and defoaming were performed at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 14.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物14,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表2中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 14 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 2. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例13)(將矽酮微粒子含量變更為10.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)11.0 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)42.0 g、矽酮微粒子6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物15。(Example 13) (Change the content of silicone fine particles to 10.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 11.0 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 (as an inorganic phosphor) YAG1) 42.0 g, silicone fine particles 6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, using a planetary stirring / defoaming device, stirring and defoaming were performed at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 15.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物15,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表2中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 15 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 2. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例14)(將矽酮微粒子含量變更為20.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)6 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)42.0 g、矽酮微粒子12 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物16。(Example 14) (Change the content of silicone fine particles to 20.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 6 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 as an inorganic phosphor ( YAG1) 42.0 g, silicone fine particles 12 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 16.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物16,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表2中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 16 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 2. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例15)(將螢光體含量變更為38.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)36.4 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)22.7 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物17。(Example 15) (Change the phosphor content to 38.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 36.4 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 as an inorganic phosphor ( YAG1) 22.7 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, using a planetary stirring / defoaming device, stirring and defoaming were performed at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 17.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物17,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表3中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 17 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 3. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例16)(將螢光體含量變更為40.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)35.2 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)23.8 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物18。(Example 16) (Change the phosphor content to 40.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 35.2 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 as an inorganic phosphor ( YAG1) 23.8 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, using a planetary stirring / defoaming device, stirring and defoaming were performed at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 18.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物18,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表3中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 18 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 3. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例17)(將螢光體含量變更為63.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)21.5 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)37.6 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物19。(Example 17) (Change the phosphor content to 63.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 21.5 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 as an inorganic phosphor ( YAG1) 37.6 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times using a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 19.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物19,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表3中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 19 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 3. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(實施例18)(將螢光體含量變更為80.0重量%) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)11.3 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體1(YAG1)47.7 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物20。(Example 18) (Change the phosphor content to 80.0% by weight) Using a polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml, 11.3 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 1 as an inorganic phosphor ( YAG1) 47.7 g, silicone fine particles 0.6 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 20.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物20,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥40分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表3中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, the phosphor composition 20 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 3. Both good cutting processability and good adhesion were obtained, and the relative brightness was also improved.

(比較例3) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9以外,藉由與實施例15相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表3中。如表3所示,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。(Comparative Example 3) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 15 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9, and then an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, although the cutting workability is practically not a problem, the adhesion is not improved.

(比較例4) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9以外,藉由與實施例16相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表3中。如表3所示,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。(Comparative Example 4) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 16 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9, and then an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, although the cutting workability is practically not a problem, the adhesion is not improved.

(比較例5) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9以外,藉由與實施例17相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表3中。如表3所示,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。(Comparative Example 5) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 17 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9, and then an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, although the cutting workability is practically not a problem, the adhesion is not improved.

(比較例6) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9以外,藉由與實施例18相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表3中。如表3所示,切斷加工性低,且接著性亦未得到改善。(Comparative Example 6) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 18 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9, and then an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, the cutting workability was low, and the adhesion was not improved.

(實施例19)(螢光體的變更-1) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)17.0 g、作為無機螢光體的螢光體2(β1)16.8 g、螢光體3(KSF1)25.2 g、矽酮微粒子0.6 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌・脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡後,利用三輥機進行6次混合分散,而製作螢光體組成物25。(Example 19) (Change of phosphor-1) A polyethylene container with a volume of 100 ml was used, and 17.0 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added, and phosphor 2 (β1) 16.8 as an inorganic phosphor was added. g, 25.2 g of phosphor 3 (KSF1), 0.6 g of silicone fine particles, and 2.5 g of butylcarbitol. Thereafter, a planetary stirring / defoaming device was used to perform stirring / defoaming at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then mixed and dispersed 6 times with a three-roller to prepare a phosphor composition 25.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物25,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥30分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表4中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均非常良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到大幅提昇。Using a slit die coater, a phosphor composition 25 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 4. Both cutting processability and adhesion were very good, and the relative brightness was also greatly improved.

(比較例7) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9以外,藉由與實施例19相同的操作製作螢光體片,其後製作LED封裝,並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表4中。如表4所示,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。(Comparative Example 7) A phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 19 except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9, and then an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 4. As shown in Table 4, although cutting workability was not a practical problem, the adhesiveness was not improved.

(實施例20)(螢光體的變更-2) 使用容積為100 ml的聚乙烯製容器,添加矽酮樹脂2(Si2)60.0 g、作為有機螢光體的螢光體4(類型21)1.24×10-3 g、螢光體5(類型24)1.24×10-3 g、矽酮微粒子1.0 g、丁基卡必醇2.5 g並進行混合。其後,使用行星式攪拌·脫泡裝置,以1000 rpm進行5分鐘攪拌・脫泡,而製作螢光體組成物27。(Example 20) (Change of phosphor-2) Using a 100 ml polyethylene container, 60.0 g of silicone resin 2 (Si2) was added and phosphor 4 (type 21) as an organic phosphor 1.24 × 10 -3 g, phosphor 5 (type 24) 1.24 × 10 -3 g, silicone fine particles 1.0 g, and butylcarbitol 2.5 g were mixed. Thereafter, a planetary stirring and defoaming device was used to stir and defoam at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, thereby producing a phosphor composition 27.

使用狹縫模塗佈機,於作為基材的「塞拉皮爾(Cerapeel)」BX9的脫模處理面上塗佈螢光體組成物27,並於120℃下加熱、乾燥30分鐘,從而獲得厚度80 μm、100 mm見方的螢光體片。利用前文所述的方法實施動態彈性模數測定、切斷加工性評價。另外,利用前文所述的方法製作LED封裝,並實施接著性評價、總光通量測定。將結果示於表5中。可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均非常良好的結果,相對亮度亦得到提昇。Using a slit die coater, a phosphor composition 27 was coated on the release-treated surface of "Cerapeel" BX9 as a substrate, and heated and dried at 120 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain 80 μm thick, 100 mm square phosphor sheet. The method described above was used to measure the dynamic elastic modulus and evaluate the cutting processability. In addition, an LED package was produced by the method described above, and adhesiveness evaluation and total luminous flux measurement were performed. The results are shown in Table 5. Both cutting processability and adhesion were very good, and the relative brightness was improved.

(實施例21~實施例24)(螢光體的變更-3) 於實施例21~實施例24中,除如表5所示般適當變更有機螢光體以外,藉由與實施例20相同的操作來製作螢光體組成物(28~32),並使用各個螢光體組成物,藉由與實施例20相同的操作來製作螢光體片。其後,使用各個螢光體片來製作LED封裝並進行評價。將其結果示於表5中。根據該些實施例21~實施例24的評價結果可知,可獲得切斷加工性、接著性均非常良好的結果,且相對亮度提昇。(Example 21 to Example 24) (Change of Phosphor-3) In Examples 21 to 24, except that the organic phosphor was appropriately changed as shown in Table 5, it was the same as Example 20 The phosphor composition (28 to 32) was produced by the operation described above, and a phosphor sheet was produced by the same operation as in Example 20 using each phosphor composition. Thereafter, an LED package was produced using each phosphor sheet and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 5. From the evaluation results of Examples 21 to 24, it can be seen that the results of very good cutting processability and adhesiveness are obtained, and the relative brightness is improved.

(比較例8) 除將矽酮樹脂變更為Si9、且將螢光體變更為螢光體4(類型27)與螢光體5(類型28)以外,藉由與實施例20相同的操作製作螢光體組成物33,並製作螢光體片。其後,製作LED封裝並進行各測定及評價。將結果示於表5中。如表5所示,雖切斷加工性在實用上無問題,但接著性未得到改善。(Comparative Example 8) Except that the silicone resin was changed to Si9 and the phosphor was changed to phosphor 4 (type 27) and phosphor 5 (type 28), it was produced by the same operation as in Example 20. The phosphor composition 33 is used to make a phosphor sheet. Thereafter, an LED package was produced, and each measurement and evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 5. As shown in Table 5, although the cutting workability was practically not a problem, the adhesiveness was not improved.

[化39] [Chemical 39]

[化40] [Chemical 40]

[表1] [表1] [TABLE 1] [TABLE 1]

[表2] [表2] [TABLE 2] [TABLE 2]

[表3] [表3] [TABLE 3] [TABLE 3]

[表4] [表4] [TABLE 4] [TABLE 4]

[表5] [表5] [TABLE 5] [TABLE 5]

1‧‧‧LED晶片1‧‧‧LED chip

2‧‧‧螢光體片2‧‧‧ phosphor film

3‧‧‧透明密封材3‧‧‧ transparent sealing material

4‧‧‧反射器4‧‧‧ reflector

5‧‧‧安裝基板5‧‧‧Mounting base

6‧‧‧電極6‧‧‧ electrode

7‧‧‧金凸塊7‧‧‧ gold bump

8‧‧‧透明接著劑/接著劑8‧‧‧ Transparent Adhesive / Adhesive

9‧‧‧基材9‧‧‧ substrate

10‧‧‧LED封裝10‧‧‧LED Package

11‧‧‧臨時固定片11‧‧‧ temporary fixing piece

12‧‧‧加熱壓接工具12‧‧‧Heat crimping tool

13‧‧‧表面形成有LED晶片的晶圓/晶圓13‧‧‧ Wafers / wafers with LED chips on the surface

14‧‧‧螢光體片積層體14‧‧‧ phosphor sheet laminate

15‧‧‧封裝基板15‧‧‧ package substrate

16‧‧‧封裝電極16‧‧‧ packaged electrodes

17‧‧‧雙面黏著帶17‧‧‧ double-sided adhesive tape

18‧‧‧台座18‧‧‧ pedestal

19‧‧‧上部腔室19‧‧‧ Upper chamber

20‧‧‧下部腔室20‧‧‧lower chamber

21‧‧‧隔膜21‧‧‧ diaphragm

22‧‧‧真空隔膜層壓機22‧‧‧Vacuum Diaphragm Laminator

23‧‧‧吸氣/排氣口23‧‧‧ Suction / Exhaust

24‧‧‧切斷部分24‧‧‧ Cut off part

25‧‧‧帶有螢光體片的LED晶片25‧‧‧LED chip with phosphor sheet

26‧‧‧帶有帶基材的螢光體片的LED晶片/LED晶片26‧‧‧LED chip / LED chip with phosphor sheet with substrate

圖1A的(a)~(f)為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的一例。 圖1B的(g)~(i)為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的一例。 圖2的(a)~(f)為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法的一例。 圖3的(a)~(f)為本發明實施形態的螢光體片的貼附方法的一例。 圖4的(1)、(2)為本發明實施形態的螢光體片的貼附方法的一例。 圖5的(1)、(2)為本發明實施形態的螢光體片的貼附方法的一例。 圖6的(a)~(f)為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法的一例。 圖7的(a)~(e)為本發明實施形態的使用螢光體片的LED封裝的製造方法的一例。(A)-(f) of FIG. 1A is an example of the LED package using the phosphor sheet which concerns on embodiment of this invention. (G)-(i) of FIG. 1B is an example of the LED package using the phosphor sheet which concerns on embodiment of this invention. (A)-(f) of FIG. 2 is an example of the manufacturing method of the LED package using the fluorescent sheet which concerns on embodiment of this invention. FIGS. 3A to 3F are examples of a method for attaching a phosphor sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. (1) and (2) of FIG. 4 are examples of a method for attaching a phosphor sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. (1) and (2) of FIG. 5 are examples of a method for attaching a phosphor sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention. (A)-(f) is an example of the manufacturing method of the LED package using the fluorescent sheet which concerns on embodiment of this invention. FIGS. 7A to 7E are examples of a method for manufacturing an LED package using a phosphor sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention.

Claims (19)

一種螢光體片,其包含螢光體及矽酮樹脂,所述螢光體片的25℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.01 MPa以上,100℃下的貯存彈性模數G'未滿0.01 MPa,且140℃下的貯存彈性模數G'為0.05 MPa以上。A phosphor sheet comprising a phosphor and a silicone resin, and the storage elastic modulus G 'of the phosphor sheet at 25 ° C is 0.01 MPa or more, and the storage elastic modulus G' at 100 ° C is less than The storage elastic modulus G 'at 0.01 MPa and 140 ° C is 0.05 MPa or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的螢光體片,其中所述矽酮樹脂為至少包含下述(A)成分~(D)成分的交聯性矽酮組成物的交聯物; (A)平均單元式:(平均單元式(1)中,R1 為碳數1~14的一價烴基,至少一個為芳基,且至少一個為碳數2~6的烯基;R2 為氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基;a、b、c、d及e為滿足0≦a≦0.1、0.2≦b≦0.9、0.1≦c≦0.6、0≦d≦0.2、0≦e≦0.1、且a+b+c+d+e=1的數) 所表示的具有分支結構的有機聚矽氧烷 (B)平均單元式:(平均單元式(2)中,R3 為碳數1~14的一價烴基,至少一個為芳基,且至少一個為碳數2~6的烯基;f、g及h為滿足0.1<f≦0.4、0.2≦g≦0.5、0.2≦h≦0.5、且f+g+h=1的數) 所表示的具有分支結構的有機聚矽氧烷 (C)於一分子中具有至少兩個Si-H鍵,且鍵結於矽原子的有機基中12莫耳%~70莫耳%為芳基的有機聚矽氧烷 (D)矽氫化反應用觸媒。The phosphor sheet according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the silicone resin is a crosslinked product of a crosslinkable silicone composition containing at least the following components (A) to (D); (A ) Average unit: (In the average unit formula (1), R 1 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbons, at least one is an aryl group, and at least one is an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbons; R 2 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number 1 ~ 6 alkyl groups; a, b, c, d, and e satisfy 0 ≦ a ≦ 0.1, 0.2 ≦ b ≦ 0.9, 0.1 ≦ c ≦ 0.6, 0 ≦ d ≦ 0.2, 0 ≦ e ≦ 0.1, and a + b + c + d + e = 1) The average unit formula of the organopolysiloxane (B) with a branch structure represented by: (In the average unit formula (2), R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, at least one is an aryl group, and at least one is an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms; f, g, and h satisfy 0.1 < f ≦ 0.4, 0.2 ≦ g ≦ 0.5, 0.2 ≦ h ≦ 0.5, and f + g + h = 1) The organopolysiloxane (C) having a branch structure represented by at least two in one molecule An organic polysiloxane (D) catalyst for the hydrosilylation of Si-H bond and an organic group of 12 mol% to 70 mol% bonded to a silicon atom. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的螢光體片,其中相對於所述(A)成分100重量份,所述(B)成分的含量為10重量份以上、95重量份以下。The phosphor sheet according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the content of the (B) component is 10 parts by weight or more and 95 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the (A) component. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的螢光體片,其中(C)成分為平均單元式:(平均單元式(3)中,R4 為芳基、碳原子數1~6的烷基或環烷基;其中,R4 中的12莫耳%~70莫耳%為芳基) 所表示的有機聚矽氧烷。The phosphor sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein (C) component is an average unit formula: (In the average unit formula (3), R 4 is an aryl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group; wherein 12 to 70 mol% in R 4 is an aryl group) Organic polysiloxane. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中任一項所述的螢光體片,其中所述螢光體的含量為40重量%以上、90重量%以下。The phosphor sheet according to any one of items 1 to 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the content of the phosphor is 40% by weight or more and 90% by weight or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的螢光體片,其中所述螢光體包括β型矽鋁氮氧化物螢光體及通式A2 MF6 :Mn(此處,A為選自由Li、Na、K、Rb及Cs所組成的群組中且至少包含Na及/或K的一種以上的鹼金屬,M為選自由Si、Ti、Zr、Hf、Ge及Sn所組成的群組中的一種以上的四價元素)所表示的Mn活化複合氟化物螢光體。The phosphor sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the phosphor includes a β-type silicon aluminum nitride oxide phosphor and a general formula A 2 MF 6 : Mn ( Here, A is one or more alkali metals selected from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs and including at least Na and / or K, and M is selected from the group consisting of Si, Ti, Zr, Hf, and Ge Mn-activated composite fluoride phosphors represented by one or more tetravalent elements in the group consisting of and Sn). 如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中任一項所述的螢光體片,其中所述螢光體為吡咯亞甲基化合物。The phosphor sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the phosphor is a pyrrole methylene compound. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述的螢光體片,其中所述螢光體為通式(4)所表示的化合物;(R5 、R6 、Ar1 ~Ar5 及L可相同亦可不同,且選自氫、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、羥基、巰基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基醚基、芳硫醚基、芳基、雜芳基、雜環基、鹵素、鹵代烷烴、鹵代烯烴、鹵代炔烴、氰基、醛基、羰基、羧基、酯基、胺甲醯基、胺基、硝基、矽烷基、矽氧烷基、與鄰接取代基之間所形成的縮合環及脂肪族環中;M表示m價的金屬,且為選自硼、鈹、鎂、鉻、鐵、鎳、銅、鋅、鉑中的至少一種)。The phosphor sheet according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein the phosphor is a compound represented by the general formula (4); (R 5 , R 6 , Ar 1 to Ar 5 and L may be the same or different, and are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, mercapto, Alkoxy, alkylthio, arylether, arylthioether, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, halogen, haloalkane, haloalkene, haloalkyne, cyano, aldehyde, carbonyl , Carboxyl, ester, carbamoyl, amine, nitro, silyl, siloxy, and condensed rings and aliphatic rings formed between adjacent substituents; M represents an m-valent metal, and It is at least one selected from the group consisting of boron, beryllium, magnesium, chromium, iron, nickel, copper, zinc, and platinum). 如申請專利範圍第8項所述的螢光體片,其中通式(4)的M為硼,L為氟或含氟芳基,m-1為2。The phosphor sheet according to item 8 of the scope of patent application, wherein M in the general formula (4) is boron, L is fluorine or a fluorine-containing aryl group, and m-1 is 2. 如申請專利範圍第8項或第9項所述的螢光體片,其中通式(4)中,Ar5 為通式(5)所表示的基;(r選自由氫、烷基、環烷基、雜環基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、羥基、硫醇基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基醚基、芳硫醚基、芳基、雜芳基、鹵素、氰基、醛基、羰基、羧基、氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、胺基、硝基、矽烷基、矽氧烷基、氧硼基、氧化膦基所組成的群組中;k為1~3的整數;於k為2以上的情況下,r分別可相同亦可不同)。The phosphor sheet according to item 8 or item 9 of the scope of patent application, wherein in the general formula (4), Ar 5 is a group represented by the general formula (5); (R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylether, arylthioether , Aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, cyano, aldehyde, carbonyl, carboxyl, oxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, amine, nitro, silyl, siloxyalkyl, oxyboryl, phosphine oxide In the group formed, k is an integer of 1 to 3; when k is 2 or more, r may be the same or different). 一種發光二極體晶片,其具備如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的螢光體片或其硬化物。A light-emitting diode wafer includes the phosphor sheet or the cured product thereof according to any one of the first to tenth of the scope of patent application. 一種發光二極體封裝,其具備如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的螢光體片或其硬化物。A light-emitting diode package includes the phosphor sheet or a cured product thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10 in the scope of patent application. 一種發光二極體封裝的製造方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的螢光體片切斷成單片的步驟、及將切斷成單片的所述螢光體片貼附於發光二極體晶片上的步驟。A manufacturing method of a light emitting diode package includes the steps of cutting the phosphor sheet as described in any one of the first to tenth of the scope of patent application into a single sheet, and cutting into a single sheet. A step of attaching the phosphor sheet to a light emitting diode wafer. 如申請專利範圍第13項所述的發光二極體封裝的製造方法,其中將所述螢光體片貼附於所述發光二極體晶片的發光面的避開電極的部分。The method for manufacturing a light-emitting diode package according to item 13 of the scope of patent application, wherein the phosphor sheet is attached to a portion of the light-emitting surface of the light-emitting diode wafer that avoids an electrode. 一種發光二極體封裝的製造方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的螢光體片統一貼附於晶圓上所形成的多個發光二極體晶片上的步驟、及統一進行所述晶圓的切晶與貼附有所述螢光體片的發光二極體晶片的單片化的步驟。A method for manufacturing a light-emitting diode package, comprising: attaching a plurality of light-emitting diodes formed by uniformly attaching a phosphor sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 10 of a patent application scope to a wafer The steps on the polar wafer and the step of singulating the wafer and singulating the light emitting diode wafer to which the phosphor sheet is attached are unified. 如申請專利範圍第13項至第15項中任一項所述的發光二極體封裝的製造方法,其中將所述螢光體片貼附於所述發光二極體晶片時的加熱溫度為60℃以上、250℃以下。The method for manufacturing a light-emitting diode package according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein a heating temperature when the phosphor sheet is attached to the light-emitting diode wafer is Above 60 ° C and below 250 ° C. 一種發光裝置,其含有如申請專利範圍第12項所述的發光二極體封裝。A light-emitting device includes the light-emitting diode package according to item 12 of the scope of patent application. 一種背光單元,其含有如申請專利範圍第12項所述的發光二極體封裝。A backlight unit includes the light-emitting diode package according to item 12 of the scope of patent application. 一種顯示器,其含有如申請專利範圍第12項所述的發光二極體封裝。A display includes the light-emitting diode package according to item 12 of the scope of patent application.
TW107105967A 2017-02-23 2018-02-22 Phosphor sheet, LED chip and LED package using same, manufacturing method of LED package, and light-emitting device, backlight unit and display including LED package TWI753113B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-031751 2017-02-23
JP2017031751 2017-02-23

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201840722A true TW201840722A (en) 2018-11-16
TWI753113B TWI753113B (en) 2022-01-21

Family

ID=63252608

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107105967A TWI753113B (en) 2017-02-23 2018-02-22 Phosphor sheet, LED chip and LED package using same, manufacturing method of LED package, and light-emitting device, backlight unit and display including LED package

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6863367B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102215781B1 (en)
CN (1) CN110312954B (en)
TW (1) TWI753113B (en)
WO (1) WO2018155253A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI710074B (en) * 2019-05-31 2020-11-11 台灣沛晶股份有限公司 Packaging structure of optical sensing chip
TWI802097B (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-05-11 南韓商羅茨股份有限公司 A manufacturing method of a fluorescent substance
TWI805330B (en) * 2019-05-17 2023-06-11 美商應用材料股份有限公司 In-situ curing of color conversion layer in recess
US11888093B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2024-01-30 Applied Materials, Inc. Display with color conversion layer and isolation walls

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7352358B2 (en) * 2019-02-04 2023-09-28 デンカ株式会社 Manufacturing method for multiple mounting boards
CN110256676B (en) * 2019-05-24 2022-03-08 中山大学 Phenyl hydrogen-containing siloxane resin, high-refractive-index LED packaging silicon resin composition and preparation method thereof
EP4397721A1 (en) * 2021-08-31 2024-07-10 Dow Toray Co., Ltd. Curable silicone composition, cured product thereof, and method for producing same
WO2023032734A1 (en) * 2021-08-31 2023-03-09 ダウ・東レ株式会社 Curable silicone composition, cured object therefrom, and method for producing said cured object

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4927019B2 (en) 2007-04-10 2012-05-09 信越化学工業株式会社 Phosphor-containing adhesive silicone composition, composition sheet comprising the composition, and method for producing a light-emitting device using the sheet
JP5190993B2 (en) 2008-11-20 2013-04-24 日東電工株式会社 Sheet for optical semiconductor encapsulation
JP5397944B2 (en) 2009-11-11 2014-01-22 日東電工株式会社 Phosphor-containing composite sheet
JP5862066B2 (en) * 2011-06-16 2016-02-16 東レ株式会社 Phosphor-containing sheet, LED light-emitting device using the same, and manufacturing method thereof
JP5287935B2 (en) * 2011-06-16 2013-09-11 東レ株式会社 Phosphor-containing sheet, LED light-emitting device using the same, and manufacturing method thereof
JP2014022704A (en) * 2012-07-24 2014-02-03 Toray Ind Inc Phosphor containing resin sheet and light-emitting device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2015181140A (en) * 2012-07-27 2015-10-15 三菱化学株式会社 Wavelength conversion component for semiconductor light emitting device, method for producing the same, and thermosetting silicone composition
JP2014116587A (en) 2012-11-16 2014-06-26 Toray Ind Inc Phosphor containing resin sheet, led element employing the same and manufacturing method thereof
WO2015093329A1 (en) * 2013-12-19 2015-06-25 東レ・ダウコーニング株式会社 Silicone adhesive film and semiconductor device
CN106537618B (en) * 2014-06-30 2020-04-21 东丽株式会社 Laminate and method for manufacturing light-emitting device using same
JP6459354B2 (en) * 2014-09-30 2019-01-30 日亜化学工業株式会社 Translucent member and method for manufacturing the same, light emitting device and method for manufacturing the same
JP6520553B2 (en) * 2014-12-19 2019-05-29 日亜化学工業株式会社 Light emitting device
SG11201709751SA (en) 2015-05-26 2017-12-28 Toray Industries Pyrromethene-boron complex, color-changing composition, color-changing film, light source unit including same, display, and lighting
US10800970B2 (en) * 2015-07-17 2020-10-13 Toray Industries, Inc. Color conversion composition, color conversion film and backlight unit, display and lighting device each comprising same
JPWO2017094618A1 (en) 2015-11-30 2018-09-13 東レ株式会社 RESIN COMPOSITION, SHEET-LIKE MOLDED BODY, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE USING SAME, AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11888093B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2024-01-30 Applied Materials, Inc. Display with color conversion layer and isolation walls
US12033887B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2024-07-09 Applied Materials, Inc. Assembly of display with color conversion layer and isolation walls
TWI805330B (en) * 2019-05-17 2023-06-11 美商應用材料股份有限公司 In-situ curing of color conversion layer in recess
US11942456B2 (en) 2019-05-17 2024-03-26 Applied Materials, Inc. Display formed by curing of color conversion layer in recess
TWI710074B (en) * 2019-05-31 2020-11-11 台灣沛晶股份有限公司 Packaging structure of optical sensing chip
TWI802097B (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-05-11 南韓商羅茨股份有限公司 A manufacturing method of a fluorescent substance

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018155253A1 (en) 2019-12-12
KR20190118153A (en) 2019-10-17
CN110312954A (en) 2019-10-08
WO2018155253A1 (en) 2018-08-30
KR102215781B1 (en) 2021-02-16
CN110312954B (en) 2021-10-22
TWI753113B (en) 2022-01-21
JP6863367B2 (en) 2021-04-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI713592B (en) Phosphor composition, phosphor sheet, and formation using them, LED chip, LED package, light-emitting device, backlight unit, display, and manufacturing method of LED package
TWI753113B (en) Phosphor sheet, LED chip and LED package using same, manufacturing method of LED package, and light-emitting device, backlight unit and display including LED package
TWI657599B (en) Fluorescent substance composition, fluorescent substance sheet, fluorescent substance sheet laminate and led chip using them, led package and method for producing the same
JP5287935B2 (en) Phosphor-containing sheet, LED light-emitting device using the same, and manufacturing method thereof
WO2018043237A1 (en) Color conversion composition, color conversion sheet, light emitting body comprising same, lighting device, backlight unit and display
TWI478960B (en) Reflecting material and light emitting diode device
JP6641997B2 (en) Laminated body and method for manufacturing light emitting device using the same
TW201340414A (en) Phosphor encapsulating sheet, light emitting diode device, and producing method thereof
US20140091346A1 (en) Phosphor adhesive sheet, optical semiconductor element-phosphor layer pressure-sensitive adhesive body, and optical semiconductor device
TWI541128B (en) Laminated body and method for manufacturing light emitting diode having wavelength conversion layer
TW201139564A (en) Silicone cured product containing phosphor, manufacturing method thereof, silicone cured composition containing phosphor, precursor thereof, sheet-shape mold goods, LED package, luminescence device and manufacturing method of LED mounting substrates
WO2017221777A1 (en) Light-emitting body, light source unit in which same is used, display, and illumination device
KR20150079588A (en) Fluorescent-material-containing resin sheet and light-emitting device
JP2014116587A (en) Phosphor containing resin sheet, led element employing the same and manufacturing method thereof
JP2013004923A (en) Post attached reflector for semiconductor light-emitting device, resin package for semiconductor light-emitting device, and semiconductor light-emitting device
CN108291090B (en) Resin composition, sheet-shaped molded article thereof, light-emitting device using same, and method for producing same
JP5953797B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor light emitting device
JP2017141318A (en) Led package, illumination device, backlight unit, and display